Hidayah

AfA
ZA
THE GUIDANCE
In 'Arabic Grammar
A Compilation Of The Rules Of 'Arabic Syntax
Translated By
Ali Abdur-Rasheed
2008 Ali Abdur-Rasheed
Published By:
Madani E-Publications
aliarasheed@gmail.com
All Rights Reserved. No part of this document may be published without express
written consent.
pjA
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Topic
Lesson
Page
Preface ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___A8

A
,ZA
jM
) ___ ___ ___ ___ ___9
1. Definition of Nahw,
the Kalimah and its Divisions ( BnC
2. Definition of the Noun & Verb (A
jM
mA
)
_ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___11

jY
,MB
) _ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___14
AC LjA
) __ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___18
(LAjA
The Declinable Noun & Types of I'rab

AC I
LAjG
) __ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___24
of Nouns (mA
The Remaining Types of I'rab

jvA
Fully-Declinable & Partially-Declinable Nouns (jvA

) ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___29
j
3. Definition of the Particle & the Meaning of Speech (A

4.
5.
6.

KJm I ) __ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___34

BA
Nominative Nouns: The Verbal Subject & Proxy-Subject (BA
FmA) ___ ___39
:jA
KB

CfNJA
) _ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___45
Nominative Nouns: The Nominative Subject and Predicate (jJbA
7. Remaining Causes Preventing Full-Declension (jvA
8.
9.

BA
oI NJrNA B mG G jJa B mG) _ ___ ___ ___ ___50

11. Accusative Nouns (I A
A A) _ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___55
) _ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___61
12. Accusative Nouns: (eBA
10. Nominative Nouns: (oV
13. Accusative Nouns: (

A
A A) __ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___66
14. Accusative Nouns: (BZA) ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___71
15. Accusative Nouns: (lNA

) __ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___75
) __ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___78
16. Accusative Nouns: (RNnA
B jJa

) ___ ___ ___ ___85
oVA
mG G mG B jJa
NJrNA

17. Accusative Nouns: (oI
The Guidance In Grammar
A-5
ZA AfA
Lesson
Topic
BzA
18. Genitive Nouns: (G
Page

ijVA
FmA) ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___91
) _ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___96
19. Subordinate Nouns: (OA
20. Subordinate Nouns: (jZBI

A) _ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___102
21. Subordinate Nouns: (fDNA

) ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___106

fJA) _ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___111
) _ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___115
Indeclinable Nouns: (PAjzA

Indeclinable Nouns: (iBqA
FmC) __ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___122

PvA
Indeclinable Nouns: (PBJjA
FmC) ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___129
FmC BA
22. Subordinate Nouns: (BJA

23.
24.
25.
26. Indeclinable Nouns: (PBBA

) __ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___133

jA
) ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___137

jA
Remaining Indeclinable Adverbs (JA
) _ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___141
I

Conclusion: Remaining Rules of the Noun: (efA
jNA
FmC jNA
) _ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___146

) __ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___152
Remaining Numbers (efA
FmC
I

Masculine and Feminine (SDNA
) ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___156
jhNA
) ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___161
The Plurals (VA

27. Indeclinable Adverbs: (JA
28.
29.
30.
31.
32.
) ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___168
33. The Masdar
(ifvA

34. The Verbal Adjective (JrA
vA) and the Superlative Noun (zNA

mG) ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___174
) ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___180
35. The Verb (A
36. The Present-Tense Verb (iBzA

) __ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___186
37. The Present-Tense and Words of Requital (AkBVA

iBzA
PB
)
A-6
__ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___192
ZA AfA
Lesson
Topic
Page

) and Passive-Voice Verb (VA
A
) ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___199

kA
The Passive Voice & Active Voice Verb (fNA
) _ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___205
A

BC
Defective Verbs & Verbs of Approximation (IiBA
vBA
BA) __ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___211

BC
Verbs of Surprise & Verb of Praise and Blame (hA `fA
KVNA
) _ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___217
The Particle (jZA

) ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___222
38. The Command Verb (jA
39.
40.
41.
42.

jY
) _ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___228
NM

jY
The Remaining Genitive Particles (jVA
) ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___234
I

jY
Particles Resembling the Verb (1-BI
) ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___241
JrA

jY
Particles Resembling the Verb (2-BI
) ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___246
JrA

Appositive Particles (1-A
) ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___251
jY
43. Completion of the Genitive Particles (jVA

44.
45.
46.
47.
48. Appositive Particles (2-A

jY
)
___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___255

jY
) _ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___259

Extraneous Particles (eBlA
) __ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___264
jY

The Particles of Explanation (jnNA
) ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___269
BjY

Particles of Anticipation and Interrogation (BNmA
jY) _ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___273
NA

jY
Particles of Condition (jrA
) _ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___277
49. Particles of Notice (JNA
50.
51.
52.
53.

jY
) ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___283
NA
Tanween and its Divisions (BnC
)__ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___287

of Emphasis (fDNA
The Nun
) ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___291

54. Particle of Restriction (ejA

55.
56.
Footnotes _ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___296
A-7
ZA AfA

fA
PREFACE
YjA YjA A nI
fZA
jBA E (x) fZ J nA vA BA Li
.fvA AfrA mjA BJC U
al-Hidayah,
as its name suggests, is a guide to the rules of 'Arabic syntax or sentence
grammar. While many books of grammar contain similar topics and discussions, the
beauty and usefulness of Hidayah
lies in its organization of these topics. Beginning with
the definition of Nahw

or 'Arabic syntax, each chapter lays a foundation for another
chapter until the reader, in the end, has been thoroughly exposed to the underlying
fundamentals of 'Arabic syntax.
As a book, al-Hidayah
is somewhat of a mystery. Although it has been used as a text-book
of grammar for generations, it is unclear who its author is. The index of publications in the
Library of Alexandria by Abu Ahmad
Abu 'Ali Ameen lists the author as Ibn Hayyan
Andulusi (Muhammad
Ibn
Yusuf)
a
resident
of
Cairo
(654-745
H).
Other
books,
like
Kashf
az-Zanun
mentions
three
other
individuals
as
possible
authors:
az-Zubair al-Basri

Ibn
Ahmad
ash-Shafi';
'Abdul-Jaleel Ibn Fairuz
Gaznavi or Ibn Dastawaih 'Abdullah Ibn Ja'far.
al-Hidayah
has been published in many forms. Islamic seminary students in Iran, Iraq and
other places are familiar with al-Hidayah

as one of the books found in Jami
al-Muqaddimat,
a collection of small books the majority of which are related to 'Arabic
grammar on different levels. The version which is translated here was prepared by the
) of the Islamic Republic of Iran. This
Academy Of Islamic Sciences (mA
A
VA
edited version departs from the tradition arrangement of al-Hidayah
in favor of a text-book
type format with the traditional topics organized into fifty-six lessons. At the end of each
lesson, a summary, questions and exercises are provided to further engage the reader in
the lesson's objectives. This format is easy for the reader to digest and memorize.
Upon completion of the book, the reader will have undoubtedly developed a fundamental
understanding of 'Arabic grammar. Supported with this guidance, the reader can begin to
explore the branches issuing from the fundamentals outlined in this book and the opinions
of notable scholars of 'Arabic grammar.
Ali Abdur-Rasheed
May 11, 2008/5 Jamadi al-Awwal, 1429
A-8
ZA AfA
pifA
A

THE FIRST LESSON

KV
FnA
eBJA
BfM
.v
fA
QQ B ,B
NA
N
In the beginning, it is required to advance a preface due to the dependence of various
matters upon it (later). In the preface are three sections:
ZA
vA
jM
:A
SECTION ONE: Definition Of The Discipline of Nahw

A

SY
TRA
:ZA
KjM
FJA
LAjA
jaAC
AYC BI jM uDI

~jA
.LjA
.|I
:y
A
DbA
BnA
Bu
:
BzI

A
.A
Nahw
is the knowledge of the principles by which the states of the endings of words are
), construction (FJA)
known in the three parts of speech with regard to declension (LAjA
and the manner of constructing one word with another. The aim of Nahw
is the protection

of the tongue from verbal mistakes in the speech of the 'Arab. Nahw's
topics are: (A
)
the word and (A) speech.
ZA AfA
BBnC A
:BRA
vA
SECTION TWO: The Word and Its Types

,jY
C BG B
mG
:BnC
,ej y :A
QQ jvZ

,Bn
jNA
fM
BB

fYDI
fM C (jZA) ,Bn

Bn
jN
,kA
fYDI
BB
,QRA
kA
fM C ,(A)

.(mA)

) is an expression formulated for a singular meaning. It is limited to three

The word (A
), and the Particle (jZA

), the Verb (A
). If the word does not signify
types: the Noun (mA
a meaning in itself, it is a Particle. Or it signifies a meaning in itself and its meaning is

associated with one of the three tenses (of time), it is a Verb. Or it signifies a meaning in
itself and its meaning is not associated with one of the three tenses, it is a Noun.

ubA

DbA
BnA
Bu
MfB
.FJA
LAjA
SY
LjA
fAI

ZA

y A
.A

.ej

mC

-1
j
.ZA
I -2
.ZA
y

jgC -3
.ZA
fB

A
ef
j
.BBnC
-4
10
ZA AfA
BRA

pifA
THE SECOND LESSON
Definition of the Noun and Verb A

jM
mA

,QRA
kA
fYDI
jN

:mA
BZA yBA
C
fM
j
Bn
.(
:Z
:Z
\v
,I iBJaA
,BJNmA
fk)
,Ui)
C N

,ByA
;(B

;(UjA)
NA
jNA
RNA
jVA
\v
C
:Z ,
) :Z
ae ;(fk

~Aa h
.mA
H .EfA jvNA
OA VA

.CfNJ
C (I iBJaA)
C
B
BZ C ( iBJaA)

I BZ
.jJbB
A noun is a word signifying a meaning in itself without an association with one of the three

tenses, meaning the past, present (imperfect tense) and future. For example: Ui
A man;
Knowledge.
The signs of a noun:
) and to give information

1. It is proper to give information about the noun ( iBJaA
by means of it (I iBJaA
fk Zaid is standing.
), as in: B
1
The servant of Zaid.
2. Idafah
(ByA
) is proper (with the noun), as in: fk
The
3. Entering the Definite Article (jNA
) upon the noun (is proper), as in: UjA
man.

) is proper (with the noun), as in: Ui
4. The state of Jarr (jVA
iAfA
In the house is a
man. (Also appropriate for the noun is:)
Tanween (NA
), as in: Ui A man;

Ui
Two men;
), as in: BUi
The plural (VA
Men;
), as in:
The dual (RNA
11
ZA AfA

Ui A tall man;
A little man;
A Diminutive (jvNA
), as in: Ui
), as in: BUi
The Vocative (EfA
B O men!
), as in:
An adjective (OA
Each of these are among the peculiarities of the noun.
) is that (information is attributed to) a noun governed as a

The meaning of ( iBJaA
) is that attribution (to another word) is

subject, object or Mubtada. The meaning of (I iBJaA
made by means of a noun, like the Khabar.
The Definition Of The Verb
jM
A

,jv
,jv)
:Z ,QRA

kA
fYDI
jN

:A
.(jvC
fM
Bn

:Z

C N
m
\v
,
f)
(kBVA
,jv
nA
f)
ae
I
iBJaA

,B
AjC iBzA
F .(jv ,jv m ,jvm
G jvNA
yBA
:Z
:Z
EBvMA
,BnA
,jA
SDNA
FM
kiBJA
jBzA
;(OJN)
;(OJN)

,fDNA
.(JNC)
:Z
H
.A
xAa
The verb is a word signifying a meaning in itself while being associated with one of the
He is helping (Imperfect Tense); jvC

He helped (Past Tense); jv

three tenses, as in: jv
(You) Help! (Future).
The signs of a verb are:
1. It is proper to attribute information by means of the verb but attribution is not
made to the verb (itself), as in:
Ijy
Ali hit me.
), (nA
) and the state of (kBVA
2. It is proper to enter (f), (m
) upon the verb, as in:
m Soon he will help; jv

m
f He already helped; jv
Later he will help;
jv
He did not help.
jv
3. It is proper for the verb to change into the Past Tense, Imperfect Tense, and
He is helping/will help
He helped (Past Tense); jv
Imperative, as in: jv
(You) help! (Imperative).

(Imperfect Tense); and jvC
12
ZA AfA
4. It is proper to attach conspicuous pronouns to the verb indicating the subject, as

I wrote. (Also appropriate for the verb is:)
in: OJN

She
(BnA
(Attaching) the unvowelled Feminine Ta
SDNA
BM), as in: OJN
wrote;

Surely (You) must
of Emphasis (fDNA
(Attaching) the Nun
), ex. JNC

write!
All of these are among the peculiarities of the verb.

:mC

. BR
jgC ?mA
B -1
jM
fYA
-2
ef
PB
BR
.B
jg
mA

R ,A
.h
jgC -3
jM

fYA
-4
ef
R
.B
,A
PB
:jM

BA
:BNA
FmA XjbNmG
VA

,fYC A } -C
3.{~iA
A}
-L
i
PABnA
-X
.BA
jJvA
vA
-e
.fA
e

hA
4.{AE
A G}
Af
-_
A
2.{fvA
13
ZA AfA
pifA
SBRA

THE THIRD LESSON
Definition Of The Particle jZA

jM

H
,(G)
,Bj
:jZA
BB
()
:Z
I
,Bn
fM

fM
B jg fI
AfNIA
AfNIA

,BNA

,BNA
_
G BB

:
(A)
.(A
G jvJA
Pjm)
(jvJA)_

iBJaA
FmA
\v
C jZA
PB
C ,I
J

PB

,mA
:Z
fk)
C ,(iAfA
.BA
mA
I
IjB
,jR
fA
LjA
jZ

g j
FU
G) :Z ,NU
fAA
C ,(BI
,

,(jD
fm
OJN) :Z

BjM
A
nA
NA
.BM
Fq G SBRA
MDm
) is a word not signifying a meaning in itself, rather it signifies (a

The Particle (jZA
). Their meaning is the beginning point and

meaning in) other than itself, like () and (G
end point. However, they do not signify their meaning except after mentioning that which
is understood of a beginning point and end point, like Basrah

and Kufah,
as you would
say: A G jvJA
Pjm I traveled from Basrah
to Kufah
.
The signs of Particle are:
It is not proper to make attribution with the particle nor have attribution made to the
particle (itself).
The Particle does not accept the
signs of the verb or the noun.
In the Arabic language, there are many benefits of the Particle, like the connection
between two nouns. as in: iAfA

fk Zaid is in the house; or connection between a noun
I wrote with the pen; or connection between two sentences, as

and a verb, as in: BI OJN
FU
fm
in: jD
G If Sa'eed comes to me, I will honor him. (And there are benefits)
other than that whose introduction will come in the third-section, if Allah, the Exalted,
wills.
14
ZA AfA

A
jM
vA
:SBRA

THE THIRD SECTION: The Definition Of Speech (A jM
)

zM
SZI

G
jaA
NA
fYG Jn eBmA
fM
,eBmBI
NA
:A

B) :Z
fB
,B
PnA
.(fk
\v
KBbA

,mA
:Z
,mA
C
.mA
U
n
,(A
fk)
G vZ A C

U n ,(fm
oU) :Z
B G
fI ,Bj
fnA fnA fU gG .

B B
,EfBI
B) :Z
Ah : H .B
EfA
,eC)
:B (fBa
|N
jY

(KC
,A
.EfBI
|N
)
Speech (A) is an expression comprised of (at least) two words with ascription (eBmA
between one another. Ascription is defined as the connection of one word with the
another, wherein the listener benefits (from the ascription making it) proper for him to
remain silent, as in: fk B Zaid stood.

It is known that speech is only achieved with either two nouns, referred to as a nominal

sentence (mA
VA). Or (achieved) with a verb and a noun, referred to as a verbal
), as in: fm
VA
sentence (A
oU Sa'eed sat. Then, the ascribed word and that word
which is ascribed to it are not found together in other than the noun and verb. It is
required, therefore, that speech (is comprised) of the two.
B O Khalid!
as in: fBa
If it is said that (the rule) is broken by the Nida,
We say: the
) and (KC) and they are verbs. Therefore, the

Vocative Particle stands in the place of (eC
rule is not broken by the Vocative.
15
ZA AfA

:ubA

nM
:BnC
QQ G A

e
e B :mG
AjNA
kA
fYDI
B :
j
.QRA
Nn

fYDI

:jY
.QRA
B

kA
AjNA
Nn

AgG G n
f
,j
I IjA
nZ
MfB
fB
Ki
PnA
B
fA
A
:A
.PBA
.
mA
C mA G vZ

:mC

R
,jZA
.
jM
jgC -1

I -2
.B R
,jZA
fA

j
.BRI
-3
g \y ,A

.RDI
-4
g \y ?B VA M N

.B R ,VA
BnC jgC -5
16
ZA AfA
:iBM

:MD
I ,jZA BA FmA XjbNmG
B VA
-1
OjNqG
-C
.LBNA
B
Ah fm
.fu
-L

.PBBI
BG -X
BA

.JVA
lJbA fA C -e
-_
jJA
YiA
jNYG
.jvA

ZA OCi -
.AjvN

jZA
:BNA
mA
VA
VA XjbNmG
A
-2

iAjG
.BiBI
,BnBI
,KBI
BA
j
-C

.iBA
-L
U vA

KC -X
A
G
.fZA
fA

B jA
-e
.nZ

\C
Mu
A
5.{qBa
f} -_
hA
17
ZA AfA
pifA
IAjA

THE FOURTH LESSON
The Noun
mA

BYC
jh
Lj
mA
:IBI
,J
:n
G n
) and the Indeclinable

The Noun (Al-Ism) is divided into two types: The Declinable (Lj
). We will mention their rules in two chapters:
(J
LBJA
A

v
.MBa
fuB
QQ f ,LjA mA
QQ B fA
THE FIRST CHAPTER

mA
). In (the first chapter) is an introduction, three objectives
The Declinable Noun (LjA
and a conclusion. In the Introduction are three sections:
mA
vA

:A
LjA
SECTION ONE: The Declinable Noun

Jr
Ki mA
jZA C
,uA
yBA
A
J
j
:LjA mA
:Z
fY
(fm)
FU)
,jyBZA
B) (Ah) KjNA
(fm)
jA
f
(fm

Nb
C Y ,NA
J
BN n ,jZBI
NaHI
jaE
JrA eU
(Ah
,N FU)
,B
C ,(flI Pij ,Afk OCi ,fk FU)
:Z ,AjfM
:Z
AA

Pij

.(NI
,N OCi
18
ZA AfA
The declinable noun is every noun constructed (in an expression) with other than itself
and (the declinable noun) does not resemble originally indeclinable nouns, meaning the
jA
), such
Particle (jZA
); the past-tense verb (yBA
) and the command verb (jyBZA
A
Sa'eed Came, not the word (fm

as (fm
FU
) alone due to lack of (grammatical)
) in: fm
construction. Nor is (Ah) in: Ah B This stood, due to the existence of a resemblance to a
particle.
) due to its acceptance of

The (Declinable Noun) is referred to as Mutamakkin (NA
Tanween (NA
. The rule of the Declinable Noun is that its ending changes
) or Nunnation

with a change of word government (AA

). This change may be literal (B), as in: fk FU

I passed by Zaid. Or (the change may) be
Pij
Zaid came to me; Afk OCi
I saw Zaid; flI

I saw a youth; NI Pij

estimated (AjfM
), as in: N FU
A youth came to me; N OCi
I
passed by a youth.
I B :LAjA
.A
AA
jnA
ZNA zB ,LjA
jaE Nb
FA

QQ
:AC
LAjG
mA
-1
-2 ,i
-3 ,Kv
.jU

.jVA
KvA
jA
,jaA
jZA

I vZ B :BA
:Z
mA
Z
LAjA

AfA
jY
H ,(fBa
Cj)
(fBa)
LAjG
zA
,Lj
(fBa)
B
(Cj)

.LAjA
Z

mA
A
6Vm
Y
nA
.iBzA
NA
G
LjA
Lj C A
.BM
Fq G BRA
) is that by which the ending of declinable nouns are changed, like (the
Declension (LAjA

); Ya (FA),
(AA
signs of declension): Dammah
(zA
); Fathah
(ZNA
); Kasrah (jnA
); Waw
); Accusative (Kv
)
and Alif (A
). Declension of the noun is of three types: Nominative (i
).
and Genitive (jU
19
ZA AfA
Word government (BA

) is that by which the nominative, accusative and genitive states
are achieved. The place of declension (LAjA

Cj
Z) of the noun is its last letter, as in: fBa
) is the
) is the governing word (BA
Khalid
read. The word (Cj
) and the word (fBa

A
declinable governed noun (LjA
). Dammah
is the (sign of) declension and the
) is the place of declension (LAjA

letter (e) in the word (fBa
Z).
Know, that in the speech of the 'Arabs there are no declinable words other than the

A
). (The verb's)
Mutamakkin Noun (NA
mA
) and the present-tense verb (iBzA

ruling will come in the second section, if Allah, the Exalted, wills.

BuC

LAjG
mA
:BRA
vA
SECTION TWO: Types of Declension of the Noun

nM
mA
:BuC
LAjG

jA C - :A
: BI wNb jnBI
jVA
KvA ,zBI
,ZNBI

ejA
jvA
,
,\ZvA
jY
f
:Z
jaE B :BZA
-C
mBI

.(fmC)

BJ
iBVBI
:Z
,Bm
,e)
B F C AA jaE B ,\ZvA
-L
jV
.(J

,jvA
UB)
jnA
,fmC
,jU
:M .(BUi)
;BUi ,J
:Z
-X
VBI
.(BUi
,fmDI Pij ;BUi BJ AjU ,AfmC OCi
,J
,jU
Declension of the noun is of nine types:
) with Fathah; and

The First: That it is nominative (jA
) with Dammah;
accusative (KvA
genitive (jVA
) with Kasrah. It is exclusive to the following:
20
ZA AfA
). According to the
a) The Fully Declinable Singular Sound Noun (\ZvA
jvA
ejA
scholars of Nahw,
it is a noun which does not have a weak letter at its ending, as
in: fk Zaid.
iBVA
Majra as-Saheeh
b) al-Jari
jV
). It is a noun whose last letter is Waw
(\ZvA
A bucket; J
with (the preceding letter) being unvowelled (BnA

or Ya
), as in: e
A Gazelle.
), as in: BUi Men. You

VA
c) The fully-declinable Broken Plural (jvA
jnA
A lion attacked me; jU

UB
UB
would say: fmC UB
A cub attacked me; J
A
Gazelle attacked me; BUi UB

Some men attacked me.
I saw a
I saw a lion; AjU
I saw a cub; BJ
OCi
OCi
(Or you can say:) AfmC OCi

I saw some men. (Or you can say:) fmDI

I passed by a lion;
Pij
gazelle; BUi OCi

I passed by a cub; JI
I passed by
I passed by a gazelle; BUjI
jVI
Pij
Pij
Pij
some men.
jnBI
VBI
KvA
,zBI
wNb
,BnA
jA
SA
jVA
:Z
C
-:BRA
MFU)
,PBn
,PBn
Pij
OCi
:M ,(PBn)

.(PBnI
The Second: That which is nominative (jA

) with Dammah,
and accusative

genitive (jVA
) with Kasrah. It is exclusive to the Feminine Sound Plural (BnA
) and
(KvA

SA VA),
as in: PBn
Muslim women. You would say: PBn
MFU
Some Muslim women came to
I saw some Muslim women; PBnI

I passed by some Muslim women.
Pij
OCi
me; PBn

ZNBI
:Z
jVA
KvA
,zBI
,jvA
wNb
jA
jI
,(fYC)
C -:SBRA
FU)
OCi
,fYC
,fYC
Pij
:M
.(fYDI
) and
The Third: That which is nominative (jA
) with Dammah
and accusative (KvA
), as
genitive (jVA
It is exclusive to the Partially Declinable Nouns (jvA
j
) with Fathah.
Ahmad. You could say: fYC

FU
OCi

I saw Ahmad; Pij
in: fYC
Ahmad
came
to
me;
fYC
I passed by Ahmad.
fYDI
21
ZA AfA
jJ
j)
NnA FmBI
KvA ,ABI
jVA
jA C :IAjA
wNb ,FBI
,BI

(jv
j)
ej

Y ,IC ,aC : ,NA
F
j
G Bz (U
BR
Pij ,BaC OCi ,aC FU)

Ah (aDI
.AJA
:M ,B

g
) with Alif, and
) with Waw,
accusative (KvA
The Fourth: That which is nominative (jA

) with Ya.
It is exclusive to The Six Nouns (NnA
genitive (jVA
FmA) (with the condition that

jJ
j
they are) non-Diminutive (jv
); singular; not dual or plural, and annexed to

F
Bz). The Six Nouns
other than the (pronoun of the) first person singular (NA
j
G
FmA
) are: aC Your brother; IC Your father; Y
Your father-in-law; Your mouth;
(NnA
Your thing; B
Your brother came to me; BaC OCi
g Wealthy. You would say: aC FU

I saw your brother; aDI
Pij I passed by your brother. Likewise, it is for the remaining
words.

:mC
R
,LjA
mA
j
.
-1

BR
?NA

B -2
LjyG
.
mA

jgC

.LAjA
-3

AC jgC
LAjG
.mA
-4

Z
j
.LAjA
I ,BA
-5

.B u BR
jg
B IiC `jqG ?mA
BuC -6
LAjG
R
?\ZvA

iBVA
B -7
.
mA
jV

iBVA
,\ZvA
ejA
jV
,\ZvA
jnA
mA
Lj -8
VA
.jvA

22
ZA AfA
R ,BnA
.h
SA
U
LAjG
jgC-9
BR
I-10
Lj
mA
PB
.g \y
?jvA
j
FmA

I NnA
jgC
jg
.RC
BIAjG
-11
PB
:iBM

VA
PB
I ,BNA
IjA
FmA
:BIAjG
XjbNmG
-1

6.{~iA
PABnA
-C
jB
fZA}
-L

B wjY
.
BnA
-X
7.{jA
G}
M vA
FrZA
nY
-e
.re
IC FU

.yBI
g gBNmA Ah -_
-
PByjA
jn
.|jA
m

fYC
.mifA
Om -k

FmA
BbA
:BNA
NnA
BJmB
VA
BA
BmA y -2
-C
A
.....jNYG
.......
u
......OCi
-L
.VA

jC
........G
-X
KB........
.g
-e
-_
........
oBU

Om
..........
-
-k
.......A
.jbA
23
ZA AfA
pifA

oBbA
THE FIFTH LESSON
The Remaining Types Of Declension Of The Noun
BuC
I
LAjG
mA

.BJ
FBI
KvA
,BI
C -:oBbA
wNb
,RBI
B `NA
jVA
jA
BQG)
UjA
Bz
:M ,(BNQA
()
,B
BB AgG (BN)
G
FU)
,jy
;QA
,B
,B
OCi
Pij
.(QA
UjBI
UjA
;BQG
) and genitive (jVA

) with Alif and accusative (KvA
The Fifth: That which is nominative (jA
)
the letter before it being Maftuh
(vowelled with Fathah).
with Ya,
This is exclusive to the
) and that which is attached to the Dual, and these are ( ) and (BN ) when they
Dual (RA
are annexed to a pronoun. Also attached to the Dual are the words (BQG
) and (BNQG
). You
UjA
OCi
I saw two
would say: B
Two men came to me, both of them; B
FU
UjA
Pij
men, both of them; B UjBI

I passed by two men, both of them.

ABI jA
,BJ
.BJ B inA
FBI
jVA
KvA
B
zA
C -:peBnA
FU)
,BnA
jhA
:M .(BMAaC
jr
I ZA
,n
C)_
VBI wNb

;B
Pij
,nI
C
,Ui
jr
,n
OCi
;B
C
,Ui jr

,Ui
.(B
jr
C

the letter before it being Madmum

The Sixth: That which is nominative (jA
) with Waw,

) and Genitive (jVA

the letter
(vowelled with Dammah)
and accusative (KvA
) with Ya,
(vowelled with Kasrah). It is exclusive to the Masculine Sound
before it being Maksur
8
Plural (BnA
VA) and its attachments, which are: C
jhA
and jr
and her sisters. You
jr
FU
FU
could say: nA
Twenty men came to me;
Muslim men came to me; Ui

I saw Muslim men;
B
Wealthy people came to me. (Or you could say:) n
OCi
C FU

Ui
jr
I saw wealthy people. (Or you could say:) Pij
OCi
C
OCi I saw twenty men; B

nI
I
jrI
I Pij
I passed by Muslim men; Ui
Pij I passed by twenty men; B D
passed by wealthy people.
24
ZA AfA

Bn
,ByA
f
C A
:Z
B .AfIC YN VA ,AfIC in RNA
,fk
An
B FU)
.(jv
) is always Maksur

of the Dual (RNA
(vowelled with Kasrah). The
Know, that the Nun
) is always Maftuh
of the Plural (VA
(vowelled with Fathah).
Nun
Also, know that both of
B FU
are dropped with annexation (ByA
these Nun
Zaid's servants came
), as in: fk
FU
An
to me; jv
The Muslims of Egypt came to me.
jVA
KvA ,zA jfNI
jA C -:IBnA
wNb .jnA jfNI

,ZNA jfNI
F
C jaE
,ivBI
,iv
j
B
:Z
RNA
;(m)
G BzBI

NA

m
m
,
OCi ,
FU)
:M .()
:Z ,BnA
VA
jhA

mI
.(
Pij
The Seventh: That which is nominative (jA

) by the estimation of Dammah; accusative
) by the estimation of Fathah; and genitive (jVA

(KvA
) by the estimation of Kasrah. It is

and (the word) annexed to the (pronoun) Ya of
exclusive with (Alif) Maqsurah,
as in: m

the first-person, not the dual nor the Masculine Sound Plural, as in:
My servant.

You could say:
FU
OCi I saw
m
m
Musa and my servant came to me;
Pij
I passed by Musa and my servant.
Musa and my servant;
mI

.jnA
wNb
jfNI
jVA
B
ZNBI
KvA
,zA
jfNI

jA C -:BRA
OCi
,yBA
F
,BJ B in
,xBI
jaE
B
:M .(yBA)
FU)
:Z
,yBA

.(yBBI
Pij
The Eighth: That which is nominative (jA

) by the estimation of Dammah;
accusative
) with Fathah literally, and genitive (jVA

(KvA
) by the estimation of Kasrah. It is exclusive

with the letter before it being
It is that noun ending in (the letter) Ya
to the Manqus.
(vowelled with Kasrah), as in: yBA
Maksur
The
The judge. You could say: yBA
FU
I saw the Judge; yBBI

I passed by the Judge.
Judge came to me; yBA
OCi
Pij
25
ZA AfA
jVA
jfNI
jA C -:mBNA
VBI wNb .B FBI
BnA jhA
KvA ,AA

uC
,()
ONUG
FA AA
FU)
:M ,NA
.
F
G
BBz
JmB jnBI
zA
OfIC
FA
OeC
,F
AA
OJ
,Bm
B
A
,fYA

,
,
Pij
OCi
FU)
:M ,()
.(I
iBv ,F
) by the estimation of Waw

and accusative
The Ninth: That which is nominative (jA
) and genitive (jVA
(KvA
) with Ya literally. It is exclusive to the Masculine Sound Plural
F), as in:
) annexed to the Pronoun Ya of the first person singular (NA
VA
(BnA
jhA
). The Waw
and the Ya
are
My teacher came to me. Its origin is: (
FU
is
combined together into one letter, the first being Sakin
(vowelless) and the Waw
Contraction is made in the (two letters) Ya.

The Dammah
converted to Ya.
is replaced by
Then, it becomes (
Kasrah as being an appropriate (vowel) for the Ya.
). You could
I saw my teacher; I
I passed by
say:
My teacher came to me;
FU
OCi
Pij
my teacher.

ubA

Ki mA
.AA
NaHI
jaE NaA j
:LjA mA

I B :mA

Nb
.jaE
LAjG
LAjG
,jnA ,ZNA ,zA :mA
,A

,AA
:BuC
nM mA
.FA
LAj

-1
jA
.BUi
J
,fmD ,jnBI
jVA
KvA ,zBI
,e
,ZNBI

-2
,jnBI
.(PBn)_
jVA
KvA zBI jA

,ZNBI
jVA
.(fYC)_
KvA zBI jA -3

BI
FmB
.NnA
KvA
ABI
jA
-4
jVA
,FBI
,FBI
KvA
BI
-5
wNb
RBI
.MBZ
jVA
jA
26
ZA AfA

KvA
jA
ABI
BnA
jhA
.MBZ
-6
jVA
VI
wNb ,FBI

,jnA
.(m)_
jfNI
ZNA
jfNI
KvA
zA
jfNI
jVA
jA -7
.(yBA)_
,B ZNBI KvA jnA

zA jfNI
jVA
jA -8

AA
BBz
BnA
jhA
VI
wNb
,B
FBI
jVA
KvA
jfNI
F G
jA -9

,NA
.()_

:mC

-1
Lj
.BRI
g I ?RA

jg
.RC
jVM
KvM
BI
jgC
BjgC
?ABI
jM
FmA
C -2

jY
RNA

VA
.B R
?BAe
B -3

RDI
jhA
.f
KUC ?BnA
B nM N -4
VA RNA
.g J BR
U
ifM FmA
BjgC ?BIAjG
PB
C -5

I ,xA
mA
j
.RC
Ljy
PB
-6
IAjG

R ?NA
.h
F
G
yC
AgG
BnA
jhA
U LAjG -7
27
ZA AfA
:iBM

:IAjG
I ,BNA
LjA mA

VA
-1
XjbNmG
m
f
nA
nA$
-C
.#Bn
fAl
-L
JAjA
I$
.#jaA
,BfA

NV
BNmif
G Bn
NV
,L
,VA
QQ Z -e
h

Bmie
fNJ
N
BnA
,pie
.meBnA
JmA
B
,IjA
na
A

|AjBI
PjyC
.BziB
AgG -X
AA

.FIA
FIA
-_
e
I IAj

m

.EjA
IC -

BVA
yBA
.jU
Dm -k

jY
BbA
:BNA
VA
if
C jZBI
BA
BIj BmA y -2
.MB........Ah
-1
........OUi
-2
.fVnA
-3
.AfNV..........Z

hM...........
.g
-4

ZN.............-5
.LA
28
ZA AfA
peBnA
pifA

THE SIXTH LESSON
mA
A
:SBRA
v
LjA
SECTION THREE: The Declinable Noun
mA
:B
LjA

:Z
LBJmA
BJJm
,MA
,(fm)
n
nNA
,jv
-C
o B

FU)
afM
:M C R ,NA
,fm
C Y .BN
TRA PBjZA

OCi
Pij ,Afm
.(fnI

C ,nNA
fYA
B
,jv
-L
j
LBJmA
.BB
BJJm
B

,NA
jnA
afM
B ,BYN
y
.j
jVA
C Y

The Declinable Noun (Al-Ismul- Mu'rab) is of two types:

The Fully-Declinable Noun (jv
), is that word not possessing two of the nine
Sa'eed. (This type of
following reasons (which obstructs full-declension), as in: fm

). Its rule is that the three types of vowels

noun) is referred to as Mutamakkin (N
FU
along with Tanween (M

Sa'eed
) may be entered upon it, like your saying: fm
I saw Sa'eed; fnI

I passed by Sa'eed.
Pij
came to me; Afm
OCi
), is that word possessing two of the nine

j
The Partially-Declinable Noun (jv
reasons which obstruct full-declension or (it possesses) one reason that stands in
the place of two. Its rule is that Kasrah and Tanween are not entered upon it. In the
(vowelled with Fathah),

genitive state (jVA
as has been mentioned.
) it will be Maftuh
29
ZA AfA

k KjNA
jA
VA
VA
uA fA : nNA LBJmA
SDNA

.BMfAlA
A
: B BvM
A
A

) Being a noun having

The nine reasons which obstruct full-declension are: (fA

) Being a naturally descriptive noun; (SDNA

undergone transformation; (uA
) Being a
) Being a noun of foreign origin; (VA

)
feminine noun; (jA
) Being a definite noun; (VA

) Being a noun on the
k
Being a plural noun; (KjA
) Being a compound noun; (A
A
pattern of a verb and (BMfAlA
) Being a noun possessing the extraneous Alif and
A
Their details are as follows:
Nun.

:fA
.A
u
G
jM
uA
A jM
Nu
-1
I jaC
:n

QG)
Y
QQ
,QG
-C
f
.(QQ
B (TQ ,R) :Z ,ZM

I U
-L
SY
,jfM
(jk
,j)
:Z
jB)
fA
if
B
(jAk

fA
A
,A
.jvA
,BRA
uA
NV
C g
.uC A

NV
k
) Transformation. It is the changing of a word from its original pattern to

1. (fA
another pattern without a change in the meaning. Transformation is of two types:
Two by two; TQ Three by three. They are both

(ZM
) Verifiable, as in: R

and: QQ
QG
QQ
.
transformed verifiably from: QG
'Umar; jk Zufar. Whereas transformation is estimated

(jfM
) Estimated, as in: j
from: jB
and: jAk
with regard to the perspective of obstruction of full-declension.
From that, it is known that in the first type, it may be combined with a descriptive word

(uA
) and combined with a proper name (A
) in the second type. Primarily,

transformation is not combined with a word on the pattern of a verb (A
k).
30
ZA AfA

G ,jv
:uA -2
C jq
j (iC emC) H ,yA
uC Bu

jv
(IiC
nI
Pij)
:
(IiC)
.uA
BNBu
AiBu
Z mA
k u
C
A
uA
uA NV
.uA
f A

.uC
) A Descriptive Word. Its condition is that the word is descriptive in its original
2. (uA
are partially-declinable, due to their

formulation. Therefore, (the words:) iC emC
origin in being
have both became the names of snakes.
descriptive although
they
The word IiC in your saying: IiC

nI Pij I passed by four women, is fully-declinable
with it being descriptive, on the pattern of a verb and lacking being originally

descriptive. Primarily, a descriptive word is not combined with a proper name (A
).

Ah (B
,A
Z) :Z ,B C jq :FNBI
B
-3
SDNA

SA
:R ,SDM
G A
S
Q .(Kk)
B U
e
Bm
BQQ
VC
:Z
KU G ,bA
,JJnA
kV
,mA

ju
j
(f)
eU
U

:Z
B jm
,
,Kk)
.(iU

,NJC

(EjY) :Z ,efA
SDNA
ju N
,(JY) :Z ,ivA
BI
SC D
,l
SDNA
:JJnA
B
.Mj
B
A

3. (FNBI
) Feminine with Ta. Its condition is that it be a proper name (B), as in:
SDNA

Z Talhah;
B
Likewise, is the (feminine) in meaning. It is that which is
Fatimah.

made a proper name for a female without the sign of the feminine, like: Kk
Zainab. The (feminine) in meaning, if it is a three-lettered noun with an unvowelled

middle-letter and is a non-foreign word, its full-declension is permissible with the
existence of two reasons (obstructing full-declension), as in: f Hind, otherwise,
Saqar; B
its obstruction from full-declension is required, as in: Kk Zainab; jm
Jaur.
and iU
Mah
31
ZA AfA

Red-faced
and the Elongated Alif followed by Hamzah (efA
A
), as in: EjY
A
Pregnant;
Feminine words ending with the Shortened Alif (ivA
), as in: JY
(woman), are partially-declinable because Alif stands in place of two reasons:

femininity (SDNA
) and its requirements. It is as if such a word has been made
feminine twice.9
jJN
:jA
:R ,uA
.A
G BI jvA

j
NVM
-4
AjIG

.fYC
) is taken into
4. (jA
) The Definite Noun. Only being a proper name (A
consideration in obstructing full-declension.
It is combined with (a word) other than a
descriptive noun, as in: AjIG

Ibrahim; fYC Ahmad.

mC

mA
n
Bn
-1
?LjA

R
,jvA
.
mA
-2
j

RC
j
jvA
j
Ii
-3
jg
LBJmC
ef
,FmA
,jvA
.B

.RC
jg
A FmA
j
-4
fA
BnC I ,jvA

.BRI
NV
LBJmA
C -5
nNA
g I ?fA
.BR
jq
I
?jvA
uA
B -6
jg
FmA

FmA
jgC
-7
jq
R ,jvA
.h
j
SDN
mA
B
AgG -8
kV
?ju
B R
Bm
B A
.KVM
SA
KJm
B -9

jvA
?A

KJm
B -10

SDNA
BI
jvA
ivA
?efA
f
32
ZA AfA
:iBM

KJm
jvA
I ,BNA
:B jvA
j FmA XjbNmG
VA

-C
FJJA
-1
Ejza
.EjY
Xja
-2
R
fVnA
vA
.R

lY
.Fjk
Om -3

J
.jz
Ah -4
-5
OYj
jrI
.BYBVI

OUja -7
B
.ilA

.jv
IiC Bju
j FmC IiC jgC -2
KJm I jv
33
ZA AfA
pifA
IBnA

THE SEVENTH LESSON

jvA
NM
LBJmC
The Completion of the Reasons Which Prevent Full-Declension

,jYC
VA
B
QQ
AfAk
,(IjA
j)
:Z
M C Bjq :VA -5

BQQ
jv
,() :Z ,mA
C ,(BmG
AjIG)

,BVC
(BV)_
jZN

o
n
.B
Bjv
( `) ,I
mA
) A foreign word. Its condition is that it must be a proper noun () in a

5. (VA
Non-'Arabic foreign language and has more than three letters, as in: AjIG
BmG
Ibrahim;

Isma'eel.
Or it is a three lettered word with the middle letter being vowelled, as in:
Lamak. Therefore, BV is fully-declinable (even) with it being a foreign word because it is

not a proper name. ( `
) are fully-declinable due to the vowelless middle consonant in
both.
BjY
VA C fI C ,VA
N u C jq :VA -6

:Z
,fUBn)
:Z
jYC
,FN
,BjZN
Bm
QQ
BmC
,(\IBv)
C ,(LAe
IB
j
Bu)
(kAj
B
:JJnA
BNA
VA
B
BzC
.FNA
BJ
Bjv
G

U
,jnNA
D
V C
.Mj
U jaC j
) The Plural. Its condition is that it must be the ultimate plural form (VA
N
).10
6. (VA
It is that after the Alif of plural, there are two vowelled letters, as in: fUBn
Mosques; LAe
A
riding-animal. Or after the Alif of the plural, there are three letters with the middle letter
as in: \IBv
being unvowelled and (the word is) unable to accept (the feminine) Ta,
.
Surely, Bu
and kAj are both fully-declinable due to their acceptance of the (feminine)
11 The plural also stands in the place of two reasons: being plural and its obstacle to
Ta.
being an (ultimate) plural at one time and at another time, a broken plural. Then, it is as if
were being made plural twice.
34
ZA AfA

(A fJ)
G ,(JI) :Z ,eBmG ByG I B C jq :KjNA
-7
G ,By
(BBj LBq)
.eBm
J
jv
7. (KjNA
) A Compound. Its condition is that it must be a proper name without annexation
), as in: JI
is fully-declinable due to
Ba'labakk. 12 Surely, A fJ
(ByA
) or ascription (eBmA
is (totally) indeclinable (J
LBq
) due to ascription.
annexation and BBj

G Bjq
A
:Z
A
:BMfAlA
,B
,Aj)
mA
A
,mA
BNB
-8

G .B
C Bjr
,vA
BNB
o OJ mA jv
(Afm) .(BR

.(Bf) eU
(Bf) ,(r Ajr) :Z , BR
jv
A
Their condition is that if they occur in a
8. (BMfAlA
). The extraneous Alif and Nun.
A
'Uthman
'Imran;
BR
. The
noun, then the noun must be a proper name (), as in: Aj
is fully-declinable because it is the name of a plant not a proper name. If (the
word Afm
are in an adjective, then its condition is that its feminine (form) not be (on
Alif and Nun)
, as in: Ajr and r
. The word Bf is fully-declinable due to the
the pattern of)
existence of: Bf .
C KV
,Ljy)
I wNb G ,(jq
:Z ,BI
wNb C jq :A
k -9
:Z
C
,FA
KM
af ,iBzA
fYC)
jY
jr

.(oUj
fYG

jv
.(
B)
()
FNA J

,VA
,KjNA
,A
,FNBI
SDNA
,A
jNr B C A

A
A
B .BMfAlA
,g jNr
hA
mA
, jaE
KJm
NUA _
:

.jvG Mj AgG ,A
k fA
k) Pattern of a verb. Its condition is that it must be (a pattern) exclusive to the

9. (A
. If it is not exclusive to the verb, then, it is required that one of the

,Ljy
verb, as in: jq

jY
is not
Particles of the Present-Tense (iBzA
) be in its beginning and that the Ha

Ahmad;
Yashkur; KM
jr
entered upon it,13 as in: fYC
Taghlib; oUj
Narjis. The word
B
as in their saying:
is fully-declinable due to its acceptance of (the feminine) Ta,
A
work camel.14
35
ZA AfA
the
Know that all of that in which a proper name is conditional are: the feminine with Ta;
feminine in meaning; the foreign word; the compound and the noun which has the
That which is not conditional but is combined with another
extraneous Alif and Nun.
reason only are: transformation and pattern of a verb. When you make them indefinite,
they are fully-declinable.
KJm
:M ,fYA
FJ
BRA
nA
BC
,KJm
I
mA
FJ
A
nA
BC
B ,jaE
fYC
Z
FU)
B ,jaE
j
j
Z
fYC
.(jaE
As for the first group, the nouns remain without a reason (preventing full-declension). As

for the second group, they remain with one reason. You can say: jaE Z
Z FU Talhah

came with another Talhah;

'Umar
stood
with
another
'Umar;
jaE
j
j
B
jaE
fYC fYC B

Ahmad
stood with another Ahmad
.

A ae
Nae
BY jnA
Pij :Z ,jVA
fYDI
C ,yC AgG jv
.(jYBI

(of
Each of that which is partially-declinable, when it is annexed (in an Idafah)
or the Lam
the Definite Article) has been entered

upon it, Kasrah may be entered upon it in the
I passed by your Ahmad

genitive state, as in: jYBI
and by the red.
Pij
fYDI

ubA

:
LjA mA
KJm
LBJmC BJJm
:jv
fYA
C ,nNA
jvA

o B
-1

TRA
.NA
PBjZA afM ,BB

KJm
hA
B fYA
C ,nNA
LBJmA

BJJm
:jv
j -2
NUA
jnA
afM ,JJnA
.NA

nNA

LBJmA
:jvA

-3
SDNA
uA -2
fA
-1
VA
-5
-6
VA
jA
-4
A
A
KjNA
-7
BMfAlA
-9
A
k -8
36
ZA AfA

:mC

jq
B -1
R ?jvA
.h
A
VA
RC
jgC ?mA
BQQ
B AgG VA
.h
Bm
jvA
-2
mA
VA
jq
I -3
.jvA

R ?JJnA
.h
B VA KJm -4

eBmA
AgG -5
B
.BRI

C ByBI
g \y ?jvA
KjNA

Bjq
A A
B ?mA
jvA

R ?vA

jq B -6
.h

KJm
hA
.A
k
mA
jvA
jq jgC -7

-8
jvM
AgG SA
.BRI
g \y ?AgB ?j
kV

AjvA
AgG fA
kV AgB -9
?j
mA

u
N
B -10
.BRI
g \y ,VA
:iBM

.B R
,A
NA
jvA
B jNrM
LBJmC ef-C

j
A
jvA
:BNA
,jvA
A FmA XjbNmG
VA
-L

G Kk
.mifA
PFU -1

G
PjBm
.wY
-2
OCi
Bf
-3
.vA
37
ZA AfA
BC -4
.Br
OJA
C -5
BI ieC
.

A
iB
.fVnA
KR -6

Bq JBvA
.AjR
PCj -7

jgA
B
jvA
:FmA
jvA
FmA -3
KJm
A
B

,V
,B
,B

,Bi ,fj
,AjIG
,jIiBe
,AC
,B
,eBu
,jBU
,jm
,F ,\IBv
.jVq
,re
,Bn
R ,jvA
mA
JJnA
B
B
fYA
NA
LBJmA ef
-4
.B
38
ZA AfA
BRA
pifA

THE EIGHTH LESSON
FmA
fvA

jA
:A
)
THE FIRST AIM: The Nominative Nouns (PBjA

:BnC
BQ

The Nominative Nouns are of eight types:
1- Verbal Subject (BA

)
)
hA
2- The Object whose subject is not mentioned (B
A
n

) and Predicate (jJbA

)
3 & 4- The Nominal Subject (CfNJA
) and her sisters (BMAaC

)
5- The Predicate of (G
G jJa
) and her sisters (BMAaC

mG )
6- The noun of (B
B
NJrA
B)
7- The noun of (B) and () resembling (o ) - (oI
8- The Predicate of () which is for negating the collective noun (oVA

)
NA

BA
nA
:A

,fBa
B) :Z
B
,G
fBa
fn
I Jq
C , J mA
B ,IC
,A

fm
iAk
Kg) :Z ,B Aj ,j
,Ajz
C (fm
B
.(AfBa
fI

I
,Lv
:Z
iAk fBa)
:Z
.(Afm
BzC B BfN B G ,(Kg fm)

:Z
fI

,Ajz
Kg) :Z ,B Aj ,j
fm)
C (fm
B
iAk fBa)
:Z ,Lv I BzC B BfN B G ,(Kg
.(Afm
39
ZA AfA
FIRST TYPE: The Verbal Subject
The verbal subject (BA

) is every noun having a verb preceding it or a verb's likeness
(by which the
subject, as in:
verb's) action is established

while ascribing (the action) to the verbal
iAk
fBa
stood; IC B
father is standing; AfBa
fBa
Khalid's
fm
B Khalid
.
Sa'eed did not visit Khalid
), like:
It is a requirement for each verb to have a nominative subject, be it apparent (j
Kg Sa'eed left; or concealed (jz
Sa'eed, he left.15 If it is a transitive
), like: Kg fm
fm

verb, it will also have an accusative object (I A

), like: Afm
visited
Khalid
iAk fBa
Sa'eed.

,AfIC
pie)
pie
H

,fk
:Z
AflA
fY ,AjB
BmA BA
B
,(flA
pie
A
:Z
fk)
BA
,R
,fYAA
,Ajz
R ,(pie
fY
B
A
B G
AflA)
:Z
:Z
flA)

:V
.(Amie
V ,(Bmie
pie
), the verb is always made singular, as in: fk
If the subject is an apparent noun (jB
pie (The) Zaids studied. If the
Zaid studied; AflA

pie (The two) Zaids studied; flA
Zaid
fk
subject is concealed, the verb is made singular for the singular subject, as in: pie
AflA
studied; it is made dual for the dual subject, as in: Bmie
the two Zaid studied and
The Zaids studied.

flA
made plural for the plural subject, as in: Amie

B
G
,BY
jh
BR BA
B
G
AfIC
A
SC
,PBAZA
AkHI
fU

OB)
:Z
pie)
:Z
,SDNA
,BA
jhNA
kBU ,vN
G ,(f
A
I
vA

:M Oq G ,(f
SDNA
Omie)
kV h
jhNA
,(f A
j
SA

)
Bf
B AgG Ah ,(orA
A
:O Oq G ,(orA O) :Z ,ZA

jnNA
SB
j
U
.(O
orA)
:Z
,A
SC
AjaDN
B
AgG
BC

,BA

,BUjA
OB
B) :M ,ZA
.(BUjA

40
ZA AfA
), and it is that whose male counterpart

If the subject is a genuine feminine (Y
S
exists among animals, then the subject is always made feminine, if a separation does not
Hind stood. If (the verb and
occur between the verb and the subject, as in: f OB
subject) are not connected, (making the verb) masculine and feminine are both
A
pie Hind studied today. If desired, you could say: f

Omie
permissible, as in: f A
Hind studied today. Likewise, the masculine and feminine are permissible in the

The sun rose. If you desire, you
O
S
j
non-genuine feminine (Y
), as in: orA
The sun rose. This is when the verb precedes the subject. Regarding
could say: orA

orA
when (the verb) is placed after (the subject), the verb is made feminine, as in: O
U
) is like the non-genuine feminine, you would
The sun rose. The Broken Plural (jnNA

The men stood.

B The men stood; BUjA
OB
say: BUjA

AgG A

B
,oJA
a ,iv
:Z
m
jv)
,(n
BA
fM
KV
j
OB AgG BA
BB Em
, C iv
,oJA
A
kV
:Z
fM
f KUM

jv ,Z
.(fm AfBa
jRA C)

,j
:Z
:B
hY Ah (?FU
LAU
(fm)
OB SY A
hY kV
:Z
,B
BC) :B LAU ()
BA
(?fk
A
16
It is required to place the verb before the object when there are two Maqsur
nouns and
jv
m
Musa helped 'Isa. It is permissible to place the
confusion is feared, as in: n
object before the subject when an indication eliminates confusion, whether

they (the
subject and object) both be two Maqsur

ate a
nouns or not, as in: Z jR C Yahya

pear; fBU
helped Sa'eed.
Afm
jv Khalid
It is permissible to elide the verb wherever there is an indicator (of its meaning), as in:
Sa'eed, (which is said) in reply to he who had said: FU
Who came? Likewise, the
fm
subject and verb may be elided together, like: Yes, (which is said) in reply to he who
had said: fk BC Did Zaid stand?
41
ZA AfA
n B :BRA
nA

jv)
.(fm
:BzC

hY

KB
n B A C B
BA
B pB

RDM
jhM
U
NRM

fYM
Y
.BA
Oj
SECOND TYPE: The Object Whose Subject Is Not Mentioned

It is each object whose subject is elided and the object is put in (the subject's) place. It is
jv
Sa'eed was helped. Its rule in the
also called the Proxy-Subject (BA
), as in: fm
KB
singularity of its verb and its being dual; plural; masculine and feminine is based on that
which you are aware regarding the subject.17

ubA

;jJbA
;CfNJA
FmA
G jJa
;BMAaC
;BA
KB
;BA
:BQ
PBjA
.oVA
NA () jJa ;(o)_I NJrA ( B) mA ;BMAaC B mA

.G

C jB
mA
fn
I Jq
.jy
A
fI mG :BA
C

AgG A
KV
,A
BfN
C
BkBV
C
BY
BR
BA
B
SDM
:A
SDM

AgG jhNA
BA
kV
BY
BR
B
.BkBV
BR C A
v
SDNA

B ,j
kV
jA
kV :hY BA
fM
PfU
AgG
G
BA
A
fM

.B BhY
hY
.hZA
B
C
:BA
BA
KB
42
ZA AfA

:mC

.FmA
ef
-1
PBjA
R
,BA
j
.
-2

-3
AC ef
jg
.B RC
BA

R ?B
Bv N -4
.h
A
Aej

g \y ?BA
A
IB
:RDI
N -5

-6
jg
eiA
A
.B RC
jgC
jhM
SDM

kV N -7
R ?iv
mA
B
g
kV
?BA
A
fM
.

R ?N ?A
.h
hY kV -8

.BR
?n AgB ?BA
B
A N -9
g jgC
eAjG
fYM
BA
KB
Y
NRM

?U
B -10
:iBM

I A
:BNA
JB
VA
BA
XjbNmG-C

18.{BvA

-1
KN}

A
19.{\NA
jv FU AgG}
-2

LARI
jUkC
.nZA
-3
6nA
.ifu
I
-4
jrA fvYC
ifu
j

.vA
Kk PeC -_5
j -6
.LBNA
K
-7
.6nA
43
ZA AfA

BJB
.
A UA ,BNA
VA BA
hYG
-L

.YBNA
OC -C
-L
O
.jJbA
PBA
-X
KN
OU
.A
h

-e
.KUAA

-_
eC
.KUAA

BJB
BbA
y -X
:MA
VA
C
,BA
BA
C B
-1
.........Ljq
jNZ
.........KBA
-2
-3

.pifA.......KN

-4
.j
.........M

lN
.......lM
-_5
.A
ANmB........j
AgG }
20.{ANvC
-6
-7
.........u
.fVnA
44
ZA AfA
pifA
mBNA

THE NINTH LESSON
:IAjA
SBRA
CfNJA
jJbA
nA
THIRD & FOURTH TYPE: The Subject and the Predicate
BfYC
BRA
,A
BmA
fn
G
n
AA
,CfNJA
,I fn
B
AejV

B
,

,(A
fm)
:Z ,jJbA n
.AfNIA
jA
B
They are nouns devoid of any literal word government. One of them having ascription
made to it, and it is named the Mubtada (nominal subject). The second is ascribed to (the

subject) and it is named the Khabar (predicate), as in: A
fm
Sa'eed is standing.

,j
C jJbA
,CfNJ M C kBU Ou AgG jA

uC
uC ,j
C CfNJA
:BM

}

ja
:Z
fJ
UiC :Z ,jaE UI OvvbM AgG Ah {jr

`j , Aja fYC B ?CjA C iAfA
.
m ,Ui iAfA
,BA
The principle of the Mubtada is that it is definite. The principle of the Khabar is that it
indefinite. The indefinite noun is permissible to occur as a Mubtada when it is modified
}
"Certainly a believing

ja
(by an adjective), as in the Exalted's saying: {jr
fJ
servant is better than an idolater." 21 Likewise,
perspective (it is also permissible), for example:
when

CjA C
it is particularized
from another

iAfA
UiC Is there a man in the

house or a woman?; ja
fYC B There is no one better than you; BA
`j Great

iAfA
m Peace be upon
happiness embraced the family; Ui
In the house is a man;
you.22
45
ZA AfA

B ,AjJa
CfNJ jA
BB G .j
jA
j jaA j
UB
mA
fYC B G

A
u fZ ,BIC eE ,B_G A) :R ,AjJa
jaA CfNJ Oq BC UB Nj

.(BJ
E
If one of the two nouns are definite and the other is indefinite, make the definite noun the
Mubtada and the indefinite noun the Khabar. If the two nouns are both definite, you can
A
make either of the two the Mubtada and the other the Khabar, like: B_G
Allah is our
eE Adam is our father; BJ E

Muhammad (S) is our Prophet.
A u
fZ
God; BIC

C ,(IC B fk) :Z ,
C ,(Bu
IC fm)
:Z ,mA
,jq
U jJbA f
,j
,a fBa)
:Z
N
fm
jA
.(iAfA
:Z
C ,(jD
G fm)
FU

,(jNmG)
jA

uA
,jRA
:
ifA
A
,A
f VI
B
jfM
(iAfA
fm)
.(iAfA
fm)
jNmA

father is fasting; or a verbal sentence (
Zaid's father stood; or a
U), as in: IC B fk
FU
conditional sentence (jq
G fm
If Sa'eed comes to me, then I will
U), as in: jD
honor him; or an adverbial sentence (j

is in behind you; and
U), as in: a fBa
Khalid
) is associated with a sentence with

iAfA
Sa'eed is in the house. The adverb (j
fm
To to
most scholars. The adverbial (meaning is derived from the estimated verb) jNmG
settle, reside, stay, as this estimated verb is the governing agent (B

) in the adverb.

Sa'eed is in the house, estimates: iAfA
fm
Therefore, your saying: iAfA
jNmG
fm
), as in: Bu
U
Sometimes the Khabar will be a nominal sentence (mG
IC fm
Sa'eed's
Sa'eed stays in the house.

hY
G e jJbA
VA jy
f
kV ,j B (FA)_
,CfNJA
fI

C ,(Aie
f .
QRI
fN
ZA
,ifI
JA ) :Z ,j eU
jJbA
A
A

,Bj
iBJaDI
CfNJ
M
,jR
C kV .(fY
)
:Z
B G CfNJA
iAfA
fYAA

B
yB
:Z
.(B
fm)
46
ZA AfA
) which refers back to the

U
A pronoun is required in the informative sentence (jJa
;Bu
). It is
FU
IC fm
(B ,) in that which has passed (jD
Mubtada, like the Ha
G fm
permissible to elide the pronoun with the existence of an indication (of its meaning)

JA
Milk is an Awqiyah for a dirham Aie
sentence, as in: ifI
ZA
Wheat
QRI A
A
ZA
is a Kilo for three dirham, in other words: A
. At times, if the Khabar is an

iAfA
adverb (j
), the Khabar is placed before the Mubtada, as in: fY
In the house is
Hameed
. It is permissible for a single Mubtada to have numerous Khabar, as in: yB
fm

B
B
Sa'eed is reasoning, knowledgeable, virtuous.
,A
:Z
jY
fI
O
u
G
fnI
o
CfNJA
jaE
Bn
BZ
C
A

C ,(fm
UAi
jM
B)
,BNmA
eBC)
jY
?fBa
C jq ,(?fk B
:Z
fI

,fI
AjB
BBuC)
bI
(?UjA
BuC
,UjA
Bu
B)
:Z
BmA
vA M

B G
kBU
NRM
jJa
,(?UjA
H
j uA
(BBu)_
mA
f

,fI jBA

CfNJ
.ja
(UjA)

Know, that with some scholars of Nahw,
there is another kind of Mubtada which has no
UAi B
ascription to it. It is the adjective occurring after a particle of negation, as in: fm
eB
Sa'eed is not returning; (or the adjective occurs) after interrogation, as in: fBU
C Is
Is Zaid standing? Its condition is that this adjective gives the
Khalid
arriving? fk B
B The two men are not
nominative state to an apparent noun following it, as in: UjA
Bu
Are the two men fasting? In contrast to: UjA

fasting; UjA
Are two fasting
BBuC
BuC
(ones) the two men? The descriptive word does not give the nominative state to an
apparent noun following it. Otherwise, its dual would not be permissible, then (BBu
) is
the Khabar advanced and (UjA
) is the Mubtada placed after (its Khabar).
47
ZA AfA

ubA

U B DNM BmG
AA
CfNJ .A
B
:jJbA CfNJA
afM f
AgG jBI
OvvbM
C uI
.Z

e
,mG)
,
,j
jy
jJbA
U ej :jJbA
VA
fI (jq

u CfNJA f .fYA
BNmA
CfNJ jJbA efN f .CfNJA
A fI A
BAi

AjB
BmA
.fI

:mC

-1
.B R
jJbA
j
CfNJA

B -2
?A
ABI
.g `jqG
eAjA

.RDI
g I ?jJbA
uA
B -3
CfNJA
N-4
g I ?jBI
kV
AfNIA
.RDI
-5
AC ef
RC
jJbA
.f
jzA
N
R
?jJbA
fBA
-6
.
l

N
-7
jzA
.BRI
g \y ?fBA
hY kV
?CfNJA
eAjG
-8
jJbA
kV N
.RC
g `jqG
fM

?jq
B uA
eAjG
CfNJA
.RC
B -9
g `jqG

R ? C fYA
CfNJ jJbA efN -10
.h
48
ZA AfA
:iBM

MD
CfNJA XjbNmG
jJbA
.VA
jJbA
-C
A
Mj
-1
.a
A
jrI
-2
.U
Aj
flM
-3
.BA
EjA
BQ BA
.hA
-4

.BiBI
BnBI

iAjG KBI j
BA
-5
A
.OJA
-6
K

BbA
:BNA
VA
BA
AjJa C CfNJ y -2
BJmB
-1
.........LBNA

.ffU...........
-2
-3
...........fm

.........gBNmA
-4
-5
.........pifA
y..........

.f
-6

.trI.........
-7
-X
: B LjC
.f l BA -1

By
-2
.A
ZA

Ba jA
G
.UC
o -3

JYA
f -4
.Ij
BfA-5
jM
jzM
.jM
49
ZA AfA
jqBA
pifA

THE TENTH LESSON
The Remaining Nominative Nouns PBjA
nA
:oBbA
BMAaC
G jJa
and her sisters
FIFTH TYPE: The Khabar of G
O D C)
.BI
JrA jZA nM ( _

The sisters of are: (
_
O D C). They are called the Particles Bearing

jZA
).
Resemblance To A Verb (BI
JrA

jJbA
jM

,jJbA
,B BmA ,CfNJA KvM

CfNJA
afM jZA h

jJa
Y
Z
AfY
jJa
j
A
U
C
Aej
(G)
.(B
G)
:Z ,B AjJa
,Bj
iAfA
G)
kV ,CfNJA
.(fm
:Z
B
AgG
G
BmA
fM

These particles are entered upon the Mubtada and Khabar making the Mubtada
accusative, then it becomes a noun (governed by the particle). It makes the Khabar

nominative, then it becomes a Khabar (governed by the particle), as in: B
AfY
G Surely
) in its being singular, a sentence or

Hameed
is standing. The rule of the Khabar of (G
indefinite word is like the rule of the Khabar of the Mubtada. It is not permissible to place
iAfA
the Khabar before its noun except when it is an adverb, as in: fm

G Surely in the
house is Sa'eed.
50
ZA AfA

BMAaC
B mG :peBnA
nA
SIXTH TYPE: The Noun Of B And Her Sisters

N B Ak
B Ài ,Af eB
,~E PBI ZyC nC \JuC iBu

BA nM ,`jI B o Ae B A B
.vBA
) are:
The sisters of (B

B N B Ak B Ài ,Af eB
,~E PBI ZyC nC \JuC iBu)

B o Ae B A
(`jI

KvM
afM vBA

B BmA B
CfNJA jN ,jJbA
BA h
CfNJA

.(BB
,B AjJa
fBa
B) :Z
A kV
,BFmC
BiBJaC
fM
,jJbA
:Z
B ,(fBa
,(Ài) G

(B) BA
kV
BB
B)
:Z
fM
o BiBJaC
Ak
.(fm
:B ,(B) C B g kV
B BB)
(o)
B BB)
,(fm
MD
A BI
.a
nA
BA
.BM
A Fq G BRA
h
These defective verbs are entered upon the Mubtada and the Khabar. They give the
nominative state to the Mubtada in being (the verb's) noun. It gives the accusative state

to the Khabar and it becomes a Khabar for (the defective verb), as in: BB
fBa
B Khalid
was standing. In all verbs, it is permissible to place (the verb's) Khabar before (the verb's)

BB
was standing. Just as it is permissible to place the Khabar

noun, as in: fBa
B Khalid
) to (Ài), as in: fm
BB
before the verbs themselves (ranging from) the verb (B
Sa'eed
B
was standing. That is not permissible in the verbs in whose beginning is (B). Therefore,
AkB
you do not say: fm
BB
. Regarding (o ), there are differences (of opinion). The
remaining discussion regarding these verbs will come in the second part, if God, the
Exalted, wills.
51
ZA AfA
nA
NJrA
( B) mG :IBnA
(o)_I
SEVENTH TYPE: The Noun Of (B) and () Bearing Resemblance To (o )

jJbA
,(o)

fk B) :Z
zC Ui ,BB
afM
B
CfNJA

jA

(B) afM
jA
.uBa PAjBI
.(
() wNbM
They are entered upon the Mubtada and Khabar and they govern with the same

government as (o ). ex.BB
zC Ui There is no man
fk B Zaid is not standing;
more noble than you. (B) is entered upon the definite noun and the indefinite while () is
particular to indefinite nouns.
BA
nA
:BRA
oV
() jJa
EIGHTH TYPE: The Khabar Of () Used For Negating The Collective Noun

jJbA
Ui
.(B
) :Z ,AjNmA
Jm
BfI
AA
oVA
fM

It indicates the denial of the Khabar, in a comprehensive manner, with regard to the

) (signified in the word) occurring after (), as in: B
collective genus (oVA
No man is
Ui
standing.

:ubA

:PBjA
I
BA
.(vBA
mG)
=
BMAaC
B mG -1

jZA
.(BI
JrA
jJa)
=
BMAaC
G jJa -2

NJrA
() (B) mG -3
.(o)_I
BA
-4
.oV
() jJa
52
ZA AfA

:mC

RDI
.BRI
B
(G)
PAaC
jgA
jgC
?BMAaC
(G)
B -1

.RDI
(G) jJa
g \y ?BMAaC
Y B -2

(G)
.M B R
?BmA
BMAaC
fM kV -3
jJa

RC
B
BA ef
.f
jgA ,vBA
-4

I -5

() jJa
g `jqG ,(o)_I JrA () oVA
NA
I jA

.f
.RDI
(B) jJa
kV -6
g \y ?BmA
BMAaC
fM

vBA
BA B -7
RC
BjgC ?B BjJa fN C kV NA
.h
:iBM

FmA
XjbNmG
,BNA
:B
VA
jA
-C
pie -1
.Ku

.AlJa
VA
iBu -2

23.{mA
A
f fA G}
-3

g
_
KBA
Ah -4
.L
BVA
O -5
.

Ak B -6
.AfV
KBA

.r BIC -7
53
ZA AfA

:MD
B LjC
-L
-1
.VB
j

24.VA
LAIC
G -2
LBI eBVA

mA

.
`jI B -3

Ui -4
.AfB
25.{fJ

54

I
Ii B } -5
ZA AfA
jr
pifA

eBZA
THE ELEVENTH LESSON

IvA FmA :BRA
fvA
THE SECOND AIM: The Accusative Nouns
They are twelve types:
A
)
Mutlaq
1. Maf'ul
(A
)
Feehi ( A
3. Maf'ul

)
Bihi (I A
2. Maf'ul

)
Lahu ( A
4. Maf'ul
)
A
Ma'ahu (
5. Maf'ul
(BZA )
6. Hal
7. Tamyeez (lNA
)
)
8. Mustathna (RNnA
) and her sisters

9. The Khabar of (B
) and her sisters

10. The noun of (G
11. Accusative with () used for negating the collective noun
12. The Khabar of (B) and () which resemble (o )

A
A :A nA
m A } :Z ,fDN
jh ,J ih
BJ
,{BM
I ifv
.(PBnU
C NnU C nU OnU) :Z ,efA
BJY BA JZM
BJ
,{BU
} :Z ,A
,AkAU j
B
hZ
f
,(BmU
Pf)
:Z
,A
j

f
ja)
,zM
,Bf
C uA
Of C ,(f
:eB
iBJNHI

mA (ja)_
Nifv

,BIU

BzA
.(Bm ,Ajq) :Z
,Bm
.(Bf) C (f)
,G

55
ZA AfA

SECTION ONE: Maf'ul-Mutlaq
It is a Masdar
in the meaning

emphasis; as in: {BM
m A
speaking (to him)."
26
of the verb mentioned before it. It is mentioned for

}"And to Musa (AS), Allah addressed His Words
Or (the Masdar
is mentioned) to clarify the type (genus) of

something; as in: {BU
BJY BA JZM
} "And you love wealth with exceeding love."
27
Or (it

C nU
C NnU
is mentioned) to clarify the number (of something), as in: (PBnU
OnU)I sat
a sitting or two sittings or a number of sittings.
I sat some
Mutlaq
Sometimes, the Maf'ul
is a word different than the verb, as in: BmU Pf
sittings. Sometimes, its verb is permitted to be elided due to an indicator (conveying its
Your arrival was the best
meaning). For example, your saying to the new arrival: f
ja
You came as an arrival. Then (ja

) is a Superlative
of arrivals. In other words: Bf Of
Noun (zNA
are for consideration of the (word) described or
mG) and its Masdar-qualities
that which is annexed to it (in Idafah),

meaning (f
) or (Bf).

It is required, at times, (to elide the verb, that being) according to usage, as in: Ajq
Thanks!; Bm May Allah soothe your thirst. 28
:BRA
I A
nA

Aj jv) :Z ,BA
,BA
mA
fN f (Afk OjC) :Z

j B hZ f ,(fk
:

27

(Aja)
A
,AkAU -C
lC
C , {Aja AB Ii lC EgB} jA
:BM

.Aja

AJA
Bm
BC :yA
.mB
-L
IiC ,BIU
56
ZA AfA
Bihi
THE SECOND SECTION: The Maf'ul
Bihi (the simple verbal object) is the noun upon which the subject's action
The Maf'ul

I honored Zaid. At times, it may be placed before its subject, as in:
occurs, as in: Afk OjC

Aj
fk
jv Zaid helped 'Amr. Sometimes, its verb is elided due to the existence of an
indicator (signifying the verb's meaning). (The elision of the verb is either):
) in the noble verse:

Permissible (AkAU), like in the Exalted's saying (Aja

{Aja
AB Ii lC EgB} "What is it that your Lord has revealed? They say: Good."

Meaning: Aja
lC He revealed good.
29
) in four situations, the first of which is according to usage and the

Required (BIU
remainder are according to rules:

C ,{
ANG
Aja ANG}

,n e C ,(n CjG) :Z :A
_A
,SRNA
AfvA
AfY
C B
OMC C (m C) . Aja

.A
hZI
B BZ ,m BB OMC
jNqA

"Desist, it
CjG
Aja
ANG}
Leave him and himself (alone); {
First: as in: n
is better for you." 30 Meaning desist from (the idea of) the Trinity and unify

God and pursue goodness for yourselves; m
C Meaning you have
come to a people who are like family and attained a place of ease, and
others similar to these from that which is well-known in eliding the verb.
C ,fmA
n
:BRA
ihZA
:uC ,fmA BC :R ,jhZNA
iAjM
,ifA A
jhZNA
,M)
,(jA
jA)
:Z ,
LBI
BB
,ihYA

.(cA...KVM

BC Beware of the lion! Its origin being: n

Second: Warnings, like: fmA

fmA
Protect yourself from the lion. Or that which is warned about is
repeated, as in: jA
The road, the road. Therefore, the governing
jA
,ihYA
,M)
.
agent in a warning is an estimated verb, like: (cA...KVM
57
ZA AfA

g Nr
,fI jh I
jrI
jyC
g A
mG :SBRA
jnM
B
SZI
Afk)
JmB
(NjC
:Z
,Jv

,jzI
m
C
mA
H

(Afk)
ihA
jn
A
,hZ
,fI
(OjC)
I
Lv
j LBJA
.jR
Ah .(NjC)
Third: A noun whose governing agent is concealed, with the condition of its
being explained by a verb mentioned after it. That verb is diverted from
(governing) that noun by its pronoun whereas if the verb governed
it or its

appropriate (substitute), it would be accusative, as in: NjC Afk Zaid, I

. For these
elided verb) is explained by the verb mentioned after it, it is: NjC
. (The
honored him. Zaid is accusative due to an elided verb, it is: OjC
forms, there are numerous branches.

ubA

.A
A
BBI C B AfDM
j

C
fI jh ifv
C
BBI
.ef

.B C BMBJQG BA
mG :I A
B A
:j
hY
kV :A
hY
AkAU -C

AJA
Bm
BC ,yA
.mB
IiC BIU -L
58
ZA AfA

:mC

A
,A
ef
AC
eAjG
.B RC
j
-1

RC
eAjG
.Zy
g `jqG ?A
A
hZ N -2
v

?I A
B -3

g
-4
\y ?BA
I A fN N
.RDI

?A
RC
g jgC
.f
hZ N -5

.IvA
FmA ef
-6

R ?jhZNA
B -7
.h

jgC
.BRI
g \y ,BNqA
-8
:iBM

I A

:BNA
VA
-C

31.{MjM
EjA Mi
} -1

32.{BU
BJY BA JZM
} -2

.vA
A M -3

.aC jC
-4
iBA
-_5
.iBA
BIC -6
.NjC
59
ZA AfA
I MA
PBjA
:
y -L
BJmB
Cj
-1
..........fm

.fJ............
-2

-3
..........CjG
OIeC
-4
...........fA
-5
.................OJN
-6

.mifA........O

.................Pf-7

.MD
B LjC
-X
jC
.FA
-1

OeC
.BBM
EeC JUA
-2
-3
.pifA
KNC
-4
LBN
PCj
.ZA

.BmU Pf
-5

Or -6
.yAi
r MfI
60
ZA AfA
jr

pifA
BRA
THE TWELFTH LESSON

:BIU
eBA
hZ B :IAjA
Fourth: Those (Expressions whose) Verb Is Elided As A Requirement:
) / The Vocative
The Munada
(eBA

f
,(YNA

mA
EfA
lA
B :Z
,C ,B ,BC ,B) :BNA
fYHI
jY

B B
,eC)
EfA
fJ
.(KC
.AfJ
eC C ,(A
jY

hZ f
:Z ,B EfA
.{Ah ~jC
jY
m} :BM
It is a noun summoned by one of the following Vocative Particles:

lA
(YNA
,C ,B ,BC ,B)

as in: A fJ
B O 'Abdallah! Meaning: A fJ
eC I am summoning 'Abdallah. The Vocative

). At times, the Vocative Particle is elided literally,

Particle stands in the place of (KC ,eC
m}
" Yusuf,
as in His, the Exalted's saying: {Ah ~jC

turn aside from this."
33
BnC
eBA

BnA G
:BNA
eBA n

B) :Z
,A
,zB
,jA
B) :Z
ejA -1
,(fk
J ,jA

B) :Z
,AA
,QBNmA
B) :Z
I |b (fk
BZHI
,(Afk

\N ,(fl
.(Afk B) :Z ,BC
61
ZA AfA
Divisions Of The Vocative

The Vocative is divided into the following divisions:

1. (jA
ejA) The Singular Definite (noun) based upon the indicator of nominative
state, like Dammah,

as in: fk B O Zaid!; and Alif, as in: Afk B O (two) Zaids!; and Waw,
as in: fk B O Zaids!. The Munada

is made genitive by Lam
al-Istighathah
(for
seeking assistance) and made accusative with the Munada's

annexation of
O Zaid! (Help); Afk B O Zaid (Help)!
(Istighathah's)
Alif, as in: fl
I v
jY
,S
(BNC) jh
(BC)_I
EfA
BI Bj B G jA
eBA

.(CjA BNC B) (UjA BC B) :N
(the Definite Article), separation is
If the Singular Definite (noun) is defined with Lam
made between the Vocative Particle (and the Munada)

with (BC ) for the masculine and
BC B O men!; CjA
BNC B O women! 34
(BNC ) for the feminine, as in: UjA

,BzA
,Kv
fJ
.(A
B) :Z
-2

B O 'Abdallah!
2. al-Mudaf
It is accusative, as in: AfJ
(first-term of an Idafah).

IBrA
-3
G BzA
N
B
I
G
A
N
6
q
I
vN
C
,Bz

BnY
B ,IeC
BzBI
.(JU
BB
B) R ,KvA Y ,G

3. (The word) resembling al-Mudaf
IBrA
). It is that something is connected to it
(Bz
which its meaning cannot be complete without it, just as the Mudaf
is not complete
except with its Mudaf

Ilaihi. Its ruling is in the accusative, like: IeC BnY B O Excellent
BB
in his manners! JU
B O Ascending mountain!
j jA
-4
ha Ui B) :A
.(fI
R ,BzC KvA Y ,evA

4. The Non-Specific Indefinite (evA
jA
). Its ruling is also in the accusative, like
j
B O man! Take my hand.

the saying of the blind: fI
ha Ui
62
ZA AfA
ajM
:eBA

kV
jaE
hY
ByBI
Kj
j B C jrI bN
,eBA ajM

B M B ,SDNA
,eBmA
B ,B
B :B
C ,jYC QQ AfAk
FNI

BNb
.B
B ,w
B :iv
,v

B :B
B :BR
ajA
jaE
C zA
kV

B ,iBY
jZA FI
.(iBY
B)
:TiBY
B
M
B uA
Contraction Of The Munada
The contraction of the Munada

is permissible. It is an elision at its ending for lightening
(pronunciation) with the condition that it is:
A proper name;
Uncompounded with Idafah
);
and attribution (eBmA
More than three letters;
Or it is ended with the Feminine Ta
in
Like you would say in (B
in Mansur
B) B
B O Mali!;
(iv B) w B O Mansu!;
B) v
B O 'Usma!; in Fatimah
B) B
(BR

'Uthman
(B
B O Fatim!
It is permitted to contract the end of a word with Dammah,

or the original vowel remaining
B O Har!
(is also permitted), as you would say in Harith

(TiBY
B) iBY
B or iBY

LfA

,BzC
VNA
C (B)_I
LfA
NnM
f
,EfA
jY
(B)
C
A

EfA
(B) ,LfBI
I jNr
wNbM (A)_ ,(Afk A (Afk B) B ,(A)
.LfA

The Lamented
Know that although (B) is one of the Vocative Particles, it is also sometimes used to
address the lamented, (meaning) the one mourned, using (B) or (A), as it is said: Afk B or
Afk A O Zaid! The particle (A) is particular to the lamented while (B) is shared between the
vocative and lamented.
63
ZA AfA

:ubA

,E ,B ,C
,C$
EfA
.#A ,B,BC
:
,EfA
f mG :eBA
jYC
jZI
BnC
:eBA

.jA
ejA-1
J ,jA

.BzA-2
.Bz
IBrA-3

j
.evA
jA-4
Kv

.(4,3,2) BnA eBA

B B AgG bN
KjM
eBA
Kj
jaE
hZI
C ByG
aj :eBA ajM
j

,eBmG
.SDNA
FNI
BR C ,jYC QQ AfAk
BNb

EfA
I jNr
(A) ,LfA
(B)
.(A)
C
(B)
_I
VNA :LfA

vNb
.LfBI

:mC
j-1
.eBA

?EfA
B-2
jY
BnC B-3
g \y ?eBA
.RDI
N-4
Kv

eBA
?J

R ?eBA Kv N-5
.h
N
aj
B-6

?ajNA
?eBA
64
ZA AfA

R
,LfA
jgC-7
.
jZA
B-8

R ?EfA
.h
I jNrA B ,LfBI
LfA
wNbA
jfM
?eBA

?uA
Lj
B-9
:iBM

:BNA
FmA eB

,BA
Li ,A
jC ,CjA
.BnA
,aC
,Ui ,LC-C

VA LfA eBA XjbNmG-L
:FI
, I ,BNA

G B ,YAjA
YiC
ja
B ,kAjA
B-1
.BA
OIC B}-2
35 {jM
B A

ha Ui
.fI
B-3
A-4
.B
.iBY
B-5
.BNIC B-6

36 {yj
UiA
A
oA BNC B}-7
yAi
Ii G

:MD
B LjC-X
TB
B-1
.RNnA

.nZA
A
BIC B-2
fJ
A-3
.AfZ

37 {Bm
iB B}-4
AejI

.BM fm-5
65
ZA AfA
pifA
jr

SBRA
THE THIRTEENTH LESSON

:SBRA
A
nA
Feehi
The Third Section: Maf'ul
A
mA
hA
.Bj
n ,BA
BlA
:n
BlA
j
B

,je)
fY
,
,J-1

Z
.(Y

.(m
,jq ,) Z , fY B ,efZ-2
Feehi: It is the noun which an action occurs upon in terms of time and place. It is
Maf'ul
termed adverbial.
j
) is of two types:
The Adverb of Time (BlA
). It is that there is no specified term, as in: je

An age; Y A time.
1-Unquantified (J
). It is that which has a specific term, as in: A day; jq
A month; m
2-Quantified (efZ
A year.

jA
Aje Ou :M ,()

zNM
Iv

je
PjBm
B
C ,Ajq
.jq

All of the Adverbs of Time are accusative based on being adverbial. They (all) signify the

meaning of (). You would say: Aje
Ou I fasted for an period; Ajq
PjBm I traveled for a
month, in other words, in (the span of a) period and in (the span of) a month.
66
ZA AfA

.(BC
efZ
BA
a OnU) :R ,BzC Lv J ,h
j
B
:R ,()jg
fI I ,()
jfNI
,nA
,iAfA
OnU)
BIv

.(fVnA

) and also accusative, like:

), likewise is unquantified (J
The Adverb of Place (BA
j

). It is
BC a OnU I sat behind you and in front of you. (And it is also) quantified (efZ
not made accusative with the estimation of (). Rather, it is necessary to mention (),
I sat in the house and in the market and in the

like: fVnA
nA
iAfA
OnU
mosque.

A
:IAjA
nA
Lahu
The Fourth Section: The Maf'ul

C (BJeDM
mA : A
U
jfNI
NIjy) Z ,A
Kv ,J ihA A

C (BJU
.JV
LjZA
gBbNA
f)
,KeDN
Lahu: it is a noun which, due to it, an action mentioned before it occurs. It is

The Maf'ul

made accusative by the estimation of (),39 as in: BJeDM
NIjy I struck him as a discipline, in
The weak sat out from the

f
other words for the purpose of discipline; BJU LjZA
gBbNA
war out of fear, in other words, due to fear.
:oBbA
nA
Ma'ahu
The Fifth Section: The Maf'ul

jh
A
B :
() I (A) fI
,A
ejJA FU) Z ,
NJYBv

,A
BC OU
.fm
C (Afm

A
G .(Afk
B H
fk BC OU)
kBU ,B A
Z ,KvA jA kV

B G ,(Afk OU)
,A M A kBU , A
:Z ,KvA M A lV

(?AfBa
B A

B) Z
fn
?vM
Ma'ahu: It is that which is mentioned after (A) in the meaning of () With, due
The Maf'ul

to its accompaniment of (words) governed by a verb, as in: A
ejJA FU The cold and

coat came; Afm
BC OU Sa'eed and I came, in other words: with the coat and with
Sa'eed.
67
ZA AfA
If the verb is concrete and apposition39 is permissible, both

nominative and
the
Ma'ahu), as in: Afk fk BC OU Zaid and I came. If

accusative are permitted in (the Maf'ul

apposition is not permissible, select the accusative case, as in: Afk OU. If the verb is

B What is with
abstract and apposition is permissible, select apposition, as in: AfBa
fn
Sa'eed and Khalid?

Because the meaning is: What are you doing?

:ubA

jA
C A
C BBk B
Em
,Bj n ,B
BJ
jh mG A
Bk

J
:n
.efZ
BB

KJm
.
BJ
A
fI jh mG : A

jh
A
:
mG
f
,A
(A) fI
.JYBvA

:mC

A
.
j-1

AgB ?
A
if
?
LAjG
B-2

.RC
BnC ef ?jA n
Bn -3

B ?JA
jA
?efZA
B-4

BA
jY
?BJ ()
jg KV
j B-5
NA

A
.
j-6

A
AgB-7
?
if

R
A
?
.
B-8

N
jA
N-9

?KvA
kV N ? A
KvA
68
ZA AfA
:iBM

I B
BA
:B
XjbNmG-C

OU-1
.VA

.LA
BC pifA -2
K-3

LA
YBm
.mifA

mjA

Oy-4
.fzA

O-5
.I
BAjNYA

OC-6
.I Ci jA

.TeAZA
BY -7

BC OU-8
.AfBa

Omie-9
.AfBa
O-10
Ei
.vA

B A
(A) I l-L
:BrM
(A) A
VA

DM -1
.nA
cJA
Kg-2
fA
.IC

.BaC KNC-3
69
ZA AfA
:VA
MD
B
BJmB
y-X

.jJ..............OjC-1

.................... OUja-2

.LBJA..............O-3

.................IC OCi-4

...............O-5

:MD
B LjC-e

G
.A
Ij Ou-1
fvM-2
.VA

Ou-3
.fVnA
.PAbA
A uB
AMG-4

40.{BnY
Byj A AyjC
BlA AME vA AC }-5
70
ZA AfA
pifA
jr

IAjA
THE FOURTEENTH LESSON

BZA :peBnA
nA
THE SIXTH SECTION: al-Hal

BI
,BJAi
f
:BZA

fY
C I A
:R ,B
C BA
FU)
OCi)
:R
AfY
,B BZA
OJNmA
.(JAi
O ,BmiB
BA
Afm

:R
C ,(BJAi
G
jqC
B H (BB
JC
fk Ah ,BB
iAfA
,
Afm
fk
fk)

BY
.BB
is a word signifying the clarification of the subject or object's condition (at the
The Hal

time of an action) or (the condition of) both of them, like: BJAi
came to
fY
Hameed
FU

AfY
me riding; BmiB
OJNmA I faced Sa'eed as a horseman; JAi
O I met Hameed
Afm

as two riders. The government in the Hal
Afm
OCi I
is the verb (either) literally, like: BJAi
saw Sa'eed riding. Or in the meaning (of a verb), like: BB

iAfA
fk Zaid is in the house

standing; BB
fk Ah This Zaid is standing. It's meaning, then is: I'm informing him and I
am indicating Zaid is in the state of standing.
BBm
UjM
.BB
C
,(BB
BBm)
:jBn
M
B
j
BA
hZ
f

OCi
H
.RA
KU j
BZA
g
B
B
,BJB
j
BZA
g
,AfIC j BZA
,
OCi)
BY vBI
KvA
oJN
,(Ui
BJAi
FU)
:Z
BZA
fM

Ui
.(BJAi
At times, the governing agent (the verb) is elided due to an indicator (of its meaning), just

as you say to the traveler: BB
Safe and sound, in other words: BB
YjM
You
BBm
BBm
return safe and sound.
71
ZA AfA
The Hal
is always indefinite and the companion of the Hal
(meaning the subject or object)
is mostly definite, as you have seen in the examples. If the companion of the Hal
is

indefinite, it is required to advance the Hal

FU
A man came to me
before it, as in: Ui BJAi
riding, in order to avoid confusion with an adjective in the accusative state (as) in your

saying: BJAi
Ui OCi I saw a riding man.

Kj
,jJa
OCi ,KAi
fk FU)
.(mj
Afm
:Z
U BZA f
fk FU
Sometimes, the Hal

Zaid came to me
is an informative sentence, as in: BJAi

I saw Sa'eed riding his horse.

Kj Afm
while his servant was riding; mj
OCi

:ubA

:BZA B
,B
fI
.B
C
I
A
C
BA
J :BZA
BZ

j
BZA
g
,BAe
j
BZA
.j
eU
BA
hZ
f . C B BG
.BJB

:mC
R
,BZA
.
j-1

jgC
B-2
?BZA
eAjG

.RC
AC
BA

BZA
?BJB
g
,AfIC BZA M -3
BZA

KV
.BZA
KYBu
fM
N-4

.U
BZA B U
PB-5

hZ N-6
.BRI
g \y ?BA
72
ZA AfA
:iBM

B BA
:VA
BZA
KYBu
BZA
-C

KhA
-1
.BBa

M-2
MjAe
fBa
.BnBU
Ah-3

.BA

.iBm
JAi
IA
LA FU-4
Xja-5
A
.LA
ByAi

IBN
KBA
FU-6
.e
pBA
OCi-7

.zj
-L

U
B B BZA
.AjB
B
TQ PB-1
.B
B
BZA
B
TQ PB-2

.U
B BZA M
U
TQ PB-3

B JmB
BY
:VA
y-X
...................IC FU-1

............gBNmA OCi-2

PfU-3
.............A
Ah-4
................fm

.Ui.................FU
-5
73
ZA AfA

:MD
B LjC-e

BlA
41 {Ai
MM }-1

OJg-2
.qB
Afm

FU-3
.BYj fm

Ah-4
.BiB
fm
FfuA

OCi-5
.jrJNn

G Bjn
.vA
FU-6
hNA
74
ZA AfA
jr
pifA

oBbA
THE FIFTEENTH LESSON
:IBnA
nA
lNA
THE SEVENTH SECTION: Tamyeez

j
C Bn
g j
mG :lNA
C iAf
BIG B
C k
C
fI jh j
C ef
B ,B BJjU
,Bm
A
,AjI
Al
,Ui
jr
f)
:R
,BIA
g

,BIBZm YAi if FnA
(AfIk BR jNA
The Tamyeez is an indefinite noun mentioned after a quantity; a number; volume; weight;
distance or other than these from that in which there is an ambiguity, (it being mentioned)
in order to remove that ambiguity, like: Ui

jr f
With me are twenty men; AjI Al

A
Two Qafeez of wheat; Bm
Two Man of oil; B BJjU
Two sacks of cotton;
FnA
if
BIBZm YAi
B That which is in the heaven in the size of the palm is a cloud;

Based on dates is its equivalent in butter.

AfIk BR jNA

,iAf
MBa Ah ,BJg iAm
f)
:Z
R ,jRC |bA ,(AffY
j
f
MBa)
.(ffY

Sometimes, it is other than a quantity, as in: BJg
iAm f
With me are earrings of gold;

AffY
MBa Ah This is a ring of iron. Genitive is most often (the state in this type of
Ring of iron.42
MBa
Tamyeez), like: ffY

j
,BNJn
BIA
VA fI lNA
.(Ba C BIC C B fk LB) :Z
f
At times, the Tamyeez occurs after a sentence in order to remove

the ambiguity from
its

relationship, as in: B fk LB Zaid was good in knowledge; BIC C Or as a father; Ba C Or in
character.
75
ZA AfA

:ubA

C eAjA
.JnA
BIA
I
j
j mG :lNA

:mC
j-1
R
,lNA
.

jh
?lNA
AgB fI-2

lNA
MD
?U
g `jqG
fI
.RC
-3

ef-4
.B R
,PAlA

C PBBJA
:iBM

,lNA
jgC-C
lA
:MA
VA

OjNqG-1

MBa
.z

.jJY
f-2

jr iAk-3
.Bfu

BIBN jr fYC PfU-4
.Af

.n
A
f-5

Ah-6
.Bn m

.BNA
fY
B
fYA
lNA
jeBA
VA Bna PB-L

fA

pB-2
k-1
-5
YBn-4
ef-3
PB-X
lNA
NU

.JnA
B
BJ
76
ZA AfA

BJmB
.BNA
AlM
VA
y-e
FU-1
.................na
OCi
G-2
fYC
....................jr
LB-3
...................
iAm
f-4

..........................
OjNqG-5

.............................Nm
:BNA
Al y-_
VA
BJmB
.Kg
..............f-1

.Ajq.............OjNqG-2

.Ba....................-3

.AkiC..................f-4

.aC BIBN...............PjNmG-5

:MD
B LjC-

.jr
K fm-1

.AjNe
QQ f-2

Ah-3
.BJg iAm
f-4
MBa
.z

j-5
.BIeC
77
ZA AfA
jr
pifA

peBnA
THE SIXTEENTH LESSON
:BRA
nA
RNnA
THE EIGHTH SECTION: The Mustathna (The Exception)

(G)
.BJ B G Kn
B G Kn C BMAaC
fI jh RNnA

:n
RNnA

,vN-1
.(Afk G A
FU)
:R , RNnA oU B B

,-2
RNnA oU RNnA B
G jBnA
FU) :R ,

.NNC
The Mustathna is a word mentioned after (G) and her sisters in order that it is known that
whatever is ascribed to that which is before it is not ascribed to it. The Mustathna are of
two types:

Minhu, as in: Afk G A
FU
People came to me except Zaid.
Conjunctive (vN
). It is that the Mustathna is the (same) genus as the Mustathna
Disjunctive (
). It is that the Mustathna is not of the same genus (as the

G
Mustathna Minhu), as in: NNC
FU The travelers came except their
jBnA
luggage.
78
ZA AfA

LAjG
:RNnA
: B yA
IiC ,KvA-C

DI)
BNA
KUA
RNnA
vNA
A
(BNmA

G A FU) :R ,Aih RNnA
.(Afm

OCi)
G
RNnA
.(NNC
jBnA
:R ,A

BaC G
, RNnA fNA RNnA

.(fYC
FU
B)
:R

:R ,(
o Af B a B)_I ,jRA
(a Af)_I RNnA
KN)

LA
a B ,AfBa
Af pifA
.(AfBa
of the Mustathna:
I'rab
a) The accusative (Nasb)
in four situations, as follows:
KUA
vNA
) The complete, positive, conjunctive Mustathna (in that there
(BNA
RNnA
is no negation, prohibition nor interrogation in the speech). The Mustathna Minhu is

mentioned, like: Afm
G A FU People came except Sa'eed.

I saw the travelers
G
(A
) Disjunctive Mustathna, like: NNC
RNnA
OCi
jBnA
except their luggage.

B No one came to me except your brother.
as in: fYA BaC G FU
) The Mustathna with (a Af), according to most scholars, and

(a Af _I RNnA
The students
o Af B ,a B), like: AfBa
KN
LA
with (
a B AfBa
Af pifA
RNnA

fA
) The Mustathna placed ahead of the Mustathna Minhu,
( RRNnA
.
wrote the lesson except Khalid

fJA

.BJMA
KvA kAU-L

FU
,KU
B
AgG g
RNnA
B) :R
,Aih RNnA
fYC
j
kV
(fm
KvA
BJMA
G
G ,Afm

.fI

FRmA
79
ZA AfA
b) Permissibility of the accusative based on equivalence and subordination. That is

when the Mustathna is in negated
speech and the Mustathna Minhu is

mentioned, like: fm
G fYC FU B No one came to me except Sa'eed. The
G Afm
accusative is permissible for the Mustathna based on (the rules of the exception)
and subordination based on equivalence.43

KnY
LAjA-X
.AA

RNnA
,KU
(G) fI DI Bj RNnA B AgG g

G
.(fnI
Pij
B
,Afm
G
OCi
B
,fm
G
FU
B):M
,ih
j

AijV
RNnA
B
G
,j)
fI
VA
B (BqBY ,Em ,m
f
(BqBY) (Em ,m
m
,j)
,fV
FU):Z
A
j
,jRA
f
BqBY fV

.(fV
of the Estimated Government. That is when the Mustathna is vacated in
c) I'rab
that it follows (G) in negated speech and the Mustathna Minhu is not
mentioned, as you would say: fm

B No one came to me except
G FU

G
Sa'eed; Afm
G OCi B I saw no one except Sa'eed; fnI
Pij B I passed
by no one except Sa'eed.44
j
), it is genitive with all (scholars)
If the Mustathna is after (BqBY Em m
j
) and in (BqBY), with the majority, as in:
with regard to (Em m
fV
FU
A
j
BqBY fV
m
fV
People came to me except Majeed.

LAjG
(j)

FU
FU)
,fk
A
j
B ,iBY
:M ,(G)_I
fYC
j
RNnA LAjG
(j) Lj
B ,fm
B ,fm
Pij
OCi
jI
j
j
.(fm

(G)
y (j)
f ,FRNm
C B ,FRNm
y
Nn f ,v
A
:BM

B ,v
NnM
,A
j C {BMfn
: h
G E B
B }

G
.(A
_G )
80
ZA AfA
):
Of The Word (j
I'rab

FU
Other than a donkey; fm
fYC
j
People came to me other than Zaid; and: iBY
B
j
B I saw no one other than Sa'eed;
OCi
j
No one came to me other than Sa'eed; fm
B I passed by no one other than Sa'eed.
jI
fm
Pij
) is a topic for an adjective and it is sometimes used for exception, just as
The word (j
the word (G) is a topic for exceptions and it is sometimes used as an adjective, as in the

A
"If there had been in them any gods except
Exalted's saying: {BMfn
G _G F
B }

Allah, they would both have certainly been in a state of disorder," 45 meaning: A j
other

than Allah. Likewise, is your saying: A G _G There is no god except Allah.
FU
) is given the I'rab
A
j
of the Mustathna with (G), you would say: fk
The word (j

:ubA

XjbA
,BJ
n
fYG

(RNn)
B Y BMAaC
C (G)
fI B XAjaG :FRNmA

vN
:RNnA
.
.( RNn) XjbA

:AC
RNnA LAjG

:yA
IiC ,KvA -C

A
KUA
RNnA-1
.BNA
vNA

RNnA-2
.A

RNnA

fNA
.
RNnA-3
RNnA-4

.AA
KnY
L
kAU KvA
.JNA
X
LAjA.AA
KnY
AgG RNnA
j)_I
FRNmA
B
za ,(BqBY Em m
|b

LjM
(j)
.jRA
.(G)_I
RNnA
LAjHI
f BqBY
81
ZA AfA

:mC
R
?RNnA
B-1

.

n
n
?RNnA
G-2

.RDI
g BZy ,RNnA LAjG

AC ef-3

?jA
jgC
FRNmA
B-4
.RC

B-5
?(KU
j)
(KUA
BNA)

.RC
g `jqG ?(j) LAjG B-6

(G)
g I ?(j)
.RDI
I jA B-7

RNnA

R ?(BqBY a Af)_I
.h
LAjG B-8

R ?fJA
RNnA LAjG kV N-9
.h
N
N-10
KvA

?RNnA
:iBM

LAjG
-C
RNnA

B RNnA
:BNA
VA
B I , RNnA

G
.m
FU B-1

.Ajm
FU-2
Af jBnA

.BaC nYBI
G Pij B-3
FU
LA
m
B-4
.

G
.fY
-5
82
ZA AfA

BJmB
:BNA
RNn y-L
VA
B-1
OCi
............j

FU-2
................G hNA
f B-3
jBnA
..................m
OJN-4
.........................Af pifA

EjA OC-5
................a Z

B BJmB
:VA
RNn y-X

G...............FU-1
.Afm

.Ui
j.................Kg-2

.i G...............PfU-3
V m.............PCj-4
.A

FA
a...............OfZM-5
.

JmB
FRNmA
:BNA
AeC y-e
VA

B-1
.nY.............FU
B-2
pie...........PCj
.fYA

FU-3
.NNC...........LA
Kg-4

.NNC.............jBnA

Ou-5
.B.............jrA
83
ZA AfA

:MD
B LjC-_
OCi-1

LA
m
.fBa

BZA
-2
.BAf
G I KNn
Ee Ee
OC

G
46.{A
Ayi
FNIA
BBJN B}-3

G
47.{ZA
A A C}-4

G
-5
?A
jvN

48.{m
KI
G I B }-6
A MC
84
ZA AfA
pifA
jr

IBnA
THE SEVENTEENTH LESSON

BMAaC
jJa :mBNA
(B)
nA
THE NINTH SECTION: The Khabar of (B) And Her Sisters
,CfNJA
BmA
fm
B) :Z
kV C G ,(B
jJa
Y
fM
Z

jv
BY
B
.{A
B } :Z ,CfNJA
jJa
j
bI
), it's ruling is like the ruling of the Khabar of the Mubtada, for example:
The Khabar of (B

B
fm
B Sa'eed was set free, except that it is permissible to advance its Khabar
before its noun with its being definite, in variance with the Khabar of the Mubtada, for
}
jv
B
"And helping the believers is ever incumbent on Us." 49
BY B
example: {A
BMAaC
(G)
nA
mG :jqBA
) And Her Sisters
THE TENTH SECTION: The Noun of (G

Afk
fI
.(oBU
G) :Z ,Bae
fnA
The noun is ascribed (to the particle) after its being entered upon the noun, for example:
oBU
Afk G Surely Zaid is sitting.

:jr
eBZA
oVA
()_I LvA
nA
NA
THE ELEVENTH SECTION: Accusative With () Which Negates the Collective Noun

.Bae
IBr C iAfA
Ui
:Z
,Bz
j
BM
fI G fnA

,BzBI
.(oA

) :Z
Bie jr
85
ZA AfA
The (Collective Noun) is ascribed to () after its entrance (upon the expression) and an
indefinite Mudaf
There's not a servant of any man in the
Ui
follows it, as in: iAfA

house. Or (a noun) resembling the Mudaf,

There are no twenty
as in: oA Bie jr
Dirham in the bag.

B B
G
j
Aej
B
G
,(iAfA
Ui
) :Z ,\NA
J ej j () fI
() jjM
j
,A
M B Bj
C
B () I I v
KV
hY

iAfA
) :M
fY
.(CjA
Ui B ) (fV
,jaA
mA
If, after (), there is an indefinite singular noun, it's ending is based on Fathah,
for
example: iAfA
Ui There's not a man in the house. If it is a definite singular noun or an
indefinite noun with separation between the noun and (), it is nominative because it's
government is nullified. At that time, it is required to repeat the () with the other noun,
iAfA
There's not a Hameed in the house nor a Majeed,
fY
you would say: fV

Ui B There's neither a man or woman in it.
and: CjA

AgG
BfI FU ,A
G
Y ) R ,v
j
Jm
()
PijM
I ej

:UC
A
(BI
i A
BZN
B kV
na

Kv
\N ,Bi
\N ,BRA

\N A
.BRA
i ,BRA

.
pDI C ( ) :Z ,j
()
mA
hZ f

comes after it without separation, like: BI G
Y There's no strength and power
) and an indefinite singular word

When () is repeated in the manner of apposition (A
except in Allah, five perspectives are permissible in it: Fathah

for both; nominative for
both; Fathah
for the first and accusative for the second; Fathah
for the first and
50
nominative for the second and nominative for the first and Fathah
for the second.
At times, the noun of () is elided due to the existence of an indicator (of its meaning), as
, in other words:
pDI No problem for you.
in:
86
ZA AfA

NJrA
() (B) jJa
:jr
BRA
(o)_I
nA
THE TWELFTH SECTION: The Khabar of (B) and () Both (Of Which) Resembles (o )

B) :Z
,Bae
fm
.(AjyBY
Ui
) (BnBU

fI fnA
The Khabar is ascribed (to them) after their entrance, as in: BnBU
fm
B Sa'eed is not
No man is present.
sitting, and: AjyBY
Ui

BM
yAA
:BNA
A

,(G)
G
.(B
fk
B)
:Z
fI jJbA AgG-1
B
AgG-2
,jJbA
B) :Z
fM
.(fk

(G)
AgG-3
Pfk
,(B) fI
h
.(kB
G B) :Z
e ,kBVZA
fBa
.{AjrI Ah B} :BM

I jBrA
:M
M
uC B
I BC

KnNA
AjY KZA
KZA

N B LBUD
ifJB

jI
.(AjY)

(The particle's accusative) government (of the Khabar) is nullified in the following
situations:
1) When the Khabar occurs after (G), as in: B

G fk B Zaid is only standing.
B Zaid is not standing.

2) When the Khabar precedes (the noun), as in: fk B

) is added after (B), as in: kB fBa
3) When (G
has not a resident.
G B Khalid
This is the language of the people of Hijaz.

Their proof (of the correctness of the
accusative Khabar) is the Exalted's saying: {AjrI Ah B} "This is not a mortal." 51
87
ZA AfA
Regarding the Bani Tameem, they do not give government to (the Khabar) at all, as in the
saying of a poet of the Bani Tameem:

AjY KZA
KZA
N B LBUD

KnNA
ifJB

The slender moon is like the full-moon, I said to it: Affiliate (with one another)
Then, (the full-moon) replied: the killing of the lover is not forbidden upon the lover.
With (AjY) in the nominative.

:ubA

PBIvA

:
I
jJa-C

BmA
kV C G CfNJA
(B)
jJa
fM
Z Y :BMAaC

jJa
.CfNJA
j
bI

fnA

:Z
fI
:BMAaC
Afk G)
(G)
.(oBU
mG-L
,Bae

IBr C Bz
()-X
G fnA :oVA
fI
j BM .Bae
NA
.BzBI

,Bae
M
() (B) jJa-e
fI
A
fnA :(o)_I NJrA
yAA
:BNA

.(G)
fI jJbA AgG-1
AgG-2
fM
.jJbA
M I BC ,kBVZA
(G)
AgG-3
Pfk
h
,(B) fI
.uC B

:mC

Y
R ?(B) jJa
.h
B-1
(G)
B-2

.g BRI
OG ?BMAaC

BA
() I jA
B-3
?(o)_I
g jgC
.RC
JrA
()
oV
88
ZA AfA
NA
G
UA
.(BI
Y ) R kVM
jgC-4

B-5
NJrA
() (B) BG
BBG
kBVZA
e B ?(o)_I
C e

f
?NA

R ?(o)_I NJrA () (B)
.h
N-6
:iBM

FmA
IvA
VA
XjbNmG-C
BNA
.B

BG
e ,
-1
f
BC
.

-2
.B

KA
D-3
.fmC
yA
G-4
.fU
jA
D-5
.j

AjN
gBNmA Ak B-6
.LAVA

}-7
BnA
53.{Kj

NJrA
() (B) C (BMAaC
B)
G)
B aeC-L
(o)_I
C (BMAaC
KmB

:Bq
,BNA
VA

fA-1
.OJA
K

.Ui
iAfA
-2
KBA-3
.\UB
89
ZA AfA
nZ-4
.\UAi

.JI
OJA -5
Ah-6
.B

gBNmA-7
.A

B
:VA
BbA
BA
BJmB
BIv BmA y-X

K....................G-1
.fZA
B-2
....................KBA

.eB.......................-3
`jI B-4
..................KBA
.............................Ah B-5

.............................Ui
-6

:MD
B LjC-e
-1
.VBI
ja
A

.AihJ
M BZm -2

54.{jA
vA G}-3
FrZA
-4
.AjyBY
KB

jC
.A
BuB
BC B-5
90
ZA AfA
jr
pifA

BRA
THE EIGHTEENTH LESSON
fvA
PAijVA

:SBRA
THE THIRD AIM: The Genitive Nouns
:n
PAijVA FmA
Genitive nouns are of two kinds:

:Z

,B
,jVA
Kn
Pij)
jY
jZI
mA
6q G
,(flI
jVA
mAI
ijVA-1
jJ
h
KjNA
.(ijVA
iBVA)_I
ùA
). It is every noun having something

jY
1-Genitive by means of a genitive particle (jVA
I passed by Zaid.
Pij
attributed to it literally by means of a genitive particle, as in: flI
and Majrur.
This construction is referred to in grammatic terminology as the Jar

ùA
,if
DI
BzA-2
jZI
ijV H ,(fk ) :Z ,G
jU
jJ

KV .G
BzA
B NA
,B
LBN)
,fk
fjVM
:Z
Bz Bz

n
IBN
:n
,fY
ByA
.(jv

,(A)
I BG ,B G Bz u BzA C ,

:Z
C ,(z
C ,(fk
I
,()
MBa)
)
I
.(A
:Z ,()
:Z
u)

jM ByA
fB
,j
B-j
G yC G vvbM
h
G yC G BzA

.(Ui
,j
) :Z
91
ZA AfA

BvA
G Bz u BzA C ,
jfM
B

,A
BMfB
,G
BzA
BzA D ,(fm
jAk)
:Z
bM
v

. A
The servant of Zaid, because it is genitive by means of an

2-Mudaf
Ilaihi, as in: fk
estimated genitive particle. In the terminology (of grammar) it is referred to as Mudaf
and Mudaf
Ilaihi. It is required to remove any Tanween from the Mudaf
and that which
The two books of

IBN
LBN
stands in Tanween's place, as in: fk
The book of Zaid; fY
n
Hameed;
jv
The Muslims of Egypt.
The Idafah
is of two kinds:
) or related to meaning. It is that the Mudaf

Ma'nawiyyah (
is not an
adjective annexed to a word it governs. The Idafah

is in the meaning of (A),
A
The servant of Zaid, or in the meaning of (), as in: z
MBa
as in: fk

u The Night prayer. The

ring of silver, or in the meaning of (), as in: A
benefit of this Idafah
is the definition of the Mudaf,
if it is annexed to a definite
noun, as has passed. (The benefit) is specification (wvbM

), if it is annexed to
an indefinite noun, as in: Ui

A servant of a man.
) or literal. It is that the Mudaf

Lafziyyah
(
is an adjective annexed to a
jAk
word it governs in estimation of separation between words, as in: fm
Visitor of Sa'eed. Then, it is like the Mudaf

is separated from the Mudaf
Ilaihi.
The benefit of it is only the lessening of words.
(F)
jaE
iBVA
jn
,NA
mA
G
\ZvA
jV
C
\ZvA
OmC
yC AgG
,BJ B Ain
F mA
jaE
B
G
,(J
)
:R ,OZN C ,FA
yBA
(yB)
M B ,BBnA
N
BRA
FA
OZN
FA
FA
OeC
jaE
(A)
BJ B z
BNJ
B O
AjA

OB G .(Ai)
,j
(F)
FU)
:M
.(
iBVA
When a sound noun (\ZvA
) or quasi-sound noun (\ZvA
jV
) is annexed to the Ya
F), it's end is given Kasrah and the Ya is made either Sakin
of the first-person (NA

or
53
given Fathah,
like:
My servant; e
My pail; J
My deer.
92
ZA AfA
at the end of a word while the letter before it is vowelled with Kasrah, the
If there is a Ya
(of the noun) is merged with the Ya
(of the first-person) and the second Ya
is given
Ya
Fathah
in order to prevent the meeting of two Sakin
letters, as you would say in: (yBA
)
yB
) Ai
My archer.
My jurist, and in: (AjA
is at the end of a noun and the letter before it is vowelled with Dammah,
If Waw
it is
and it is given the government just as what has passed. You would say:
converted to Ya
My teachers came to me.

FU
()
f
G Bz
(
(g)
NnA
FmA
M
aC IC)
:jBrA
uC jz

Ag j
zA
g
pBA
BG
.gBq

You say regarding the Six Nouns (NnA
FmA): IC My father; aC My brother; Y
My
father-in-law;
My thing, and My mouth, with some people. (g) is not annexed to
any pronoun at all. The saying of the poet:

Ag j
zA
g
pBA
BG
"He only recognizes the possessor of virtue among men is possessed by him"
is rare.

FmA
O
AgG
,TRA PBjZA kVM ,( Y LC dC) :O ByA
(g)
Ah .uC ByA
jY
jY jh B BC ,jVA
jfNI

ijVA

MDn
A
nA
B jVA
.BM
Fq G SBRA
A father; Y
A
When these nouns are separated from the Idafah,
you'd say: dC A brother; LC
father-in-law; A thing; A mouth, and the three vowels are permitted.54 (g) is never
separated from the Idafah.
Each of these has an estimation of the genitive particle in the genitive words. Regarding
what has been mentioned regarding the genitive particles as words, then it will be
presented to you in the third part, if Allah, the Exalted wills.
93
ZA AfA

:ubA
mA
:B
ijVA

jZI
.jVA
ijVA-1

ijVA-2
.ByBI
:Bn
ByA

C BzA
.vvbM
jM
fM ,-1

BMfB
,vvbM
BzA
. A bM
jM
fM ,-2

C FA nM
\ZvA
mA
.\NM
BjaE jn NA F
G ByC AgG Jq

jaE
BJ
BJ
F AA OJ
FA OeC
B jn
B z (A) mA
OB G
.FA

:mC

?ijVA
BnC B-1
mA

BzA B-2
.BR
jVA
KJm
jgC
?G
BnC jgC-3
.B R ,ByA

RDI
g \y ?M ?A
.f
ByA
B-4

B ?A
ByA
?BMfB
B-5

iBVA
g \y ?NA
F
G
yC
AgG
\ZvA
jV
C
\ZvA
mA
Y
B-6

.RDI

?NA
G
yC
AgG
xA
mA
F
jV
AgB-7
R ?NA
.h
F
G
BJ B z (A) jaE BmA OyC AgG M AgB-8
?jzA
Bz
NnA
FmA
C-9
94
ZA AfA
:iBM

ByA
:BNA
VA
-C
ilA
FU-1
.A
fuBY
G B}-2
55 .{BBG
pB BU

(x) A
.() A
mi fZ-3
IC FU-4
.jVNA
-5
\MB

?jJa

PBAjA
:PBA
qC
,KmB
BzI
BNA
G-L
jaAC

.............KBU
G
oU ............
FU-1

.eU............LBN-2

.e...........MBa-3

.jJ..........LBI-4

.kBY...........jf-5

...........
,jv.........-6
.mA..........YBm-7

:MB
B LjC-X

.jvJA
KA-1
Zv

.aA
oi NA-2
C fA
fAA
Y-3

.
Ah-4
.Kg
iAm
B
jC-5
.fJA
95
ZA AfA
pifA
jr

mBNA
THE NINETEENTH LESSON

:MBbA
IANA
THE CONCLUSION: The Subordinates
IjA FmA C G
B OJUD ,AA BNae DI BuBI BIAjG B Bjg j NA
f ,mA
(IBNA)
B JNI

n
KvA
jA
LAjG
mA
,J
I
jVA

J
.LAjA
B JN

is due to a governing
Know that declinable nouns, whose mention has passed, their I'rab
agent entered upon them. The nominative, accusative and genitive states, then, are
of a noun is due to it following
required without any other median. Sometimes, the I'rab
that which precedes it. It is termed the Subordinate (IBNA

) because it follows that which
precedes it in I'rab.

Lj
:na
IANA
,fYA
U
IBm
LAjHI
BQ
IBNB

jZBI
OA

BJA
fDNA
fJA
of
The Subordinate, then, is every second declinable (subordinate word) having the I'rab
its predecessor from one perspective. The Subordinates (IANA

) are five:
The Adjective
)
(OA
Apposition With a Particle

Emphasis
)
(jZBI
A
(fDNA
)
Explicative Apposition
(BJA
)
Equivalent Apposition
)
(fJA
96
ZA AfA

(vA)
OA :A nA
The First Section: The Adjective

n
,JN
Ui
,(B
OA
IBM

C ,ZA
FU)
:Z
f
OA

B
.JJnA
n
OA
JN
,JNI
Ui
OA
BG ZA
N
(IC
FU)
:Z

JN
IiC
:iC
jr
), as in:
The adjective is a subordinate word indicating a meaning in its principle (JNA

). Or (it
Ui
B
FU
A learned man came to me. It is termed a True Adjective (ZA
OA

B
Ui
indicates a meaning) in the words attached to its principle, as in: IC
FU
A man
came to me his father is learned. It is termed a Causative Adjective (JJnA

OA). The True
Adjective only follows its principle in four of ten matters:
LAjA
A
SBRA
jA
oBbA
IAjA
jNA
;jVA
KvA
:TRA
BRA
IBnA
BRA
RNA
eAjA
;jNA
peBnA
mBNA
;VA
jhNA
jqBA
CjA ,B
Ui FU)
BUi ,BNB
,BB
,B
:Z ,SDNA

BMCjA
Ui
OCi
,BA
,BBA
flA
Ui
(BB
AflA
,BA
fk
,PBB
Fn
Ah
.AJA
the
The first, second and third (of these matters are related) to the three states of I'rab:
nominative, the accusative and the genitive. The fourth and fifth are related to the definite
and indefinite. The sixth, seventh and eighth are related to the singular, dual and plural.

Ui
FU
The ninth and tenth are related to the masculine and feminine, as in: B
A

learned man came to me....B
CjG A learned woman; BB
Ui
Two learned men....

Fn
Learned women;
BNB
BMCjG
Two learned women; F BUi Learned men....PBB
Zaid the learned; BBA
flA
The learned
The two learned Zaids; BA
BA
fk
AflA

Zaids; BB
Ui OCi I saw a learned man. Likewise, are the remainder.
97
ZA AfA

JN
PBY
,A
BG JJnA
OA
jNA
TRA
LAjA
C
nbA JN
jA h
BUjaC}
.{BC BA
:Z ,jNA
The Causative Adjective only follows its principle in the first five matters, meaning the

BUjaC}

definiteness and indefiniteness, as in: {BC BA
three states of I'rab,
jA
h
"Deliver us from this town its people are oppressors." 56

wvbM
Ui
\yM
:R ,Mj
OA

G M
FU)
fB
;(B
BB G PA

FU)
:R ,Nj
.(yBA
fk
BB
The benefit of the adjective is specification of the modified word, if both are indefinite,

like: B
FU
Ui
A knowledgeable man came to me. It clarifies the modified word, if both
are definite, like: yBA

Zaid, the virtuous, came to me.
fk FU

Z
f ,{YjA
:BM
,fDN
YjA
FR
f
:Z ,`fA
nI}

BI
b}
.(UjA
BrA
gC) :Z ,h f .{fYA

A
At times, the adjective is used for praise and commendation, as in: {YjA
YjA
In
nI}
the name of God, the Beneficent, the Merciful.57 At times, it is used for emphasis, as

in: {fYA
b} "One blast." 58 At times, it is used for censure, as in: UjA
BrA
BI gC I
seek refuge in God from the accursed satan.

IC UjI

VBI uM jA
u
jzA
.(IC B C ,B
Pij) :Z ,jJbA

.I u
IC UjI

An indefinite adjective may be modified by an informative sentence, as in: B
Pij
B His father was standing. The pronoun

I passed by a man his father is standing, or: IC
is not modified nor (are other words) modified with a pronoun.
98
ZA AfA

:ubA

BJM
:BnC
na
IANA
.J
B
LAj
Lj mG :IBNA

jZBI

fJA
BJA
OA
A
fDNA

n
OA
mA
|I J
.I NA AYC
C AYC
fI jh B ,BzC vA

jNA
LAjA
IB
eAjA
o u B G OA
jNA
PA

C KV

.SDNA
jhNA
VA RNA

IB
. jNA
jNA
LAjA
u B G
JNBI N

C KV

BB AgG ZyM
BB AgG PA
wvbM
Mj
.Nj
OA fB

:mC
R
?IBNA

B-1
.

.IANA
BnC ef-2
I ,JJnA
j-3
jA
OA
ZA
.BI

g \y ?
.RDI
VBI OA kV -4

u
?PA
o
JN
OA
JN

-5
N
B
AgG
u B AgG JNA

.B R
?JNA
ef-6

OA
RC
eAjG
.f
fA

?Bu
C u jzA
-7
99
ZA AfA
:iBM

-C
OA
:BNA
VA

Ui
.B
Ah-1
jvA
A-2
.LJZ
fVA
.`f
BA-3

57.{YjA
A
YjA
nI}-4

B
IC-5
.jNZ
fVA-6
BJVA
.h

KB

\m-7
.

B BJmB
:VA
BN y-L
FU-1
.................fA

zj...................BA-2

.iBrA

..............Ui
aC-3
jNZ....................JvA-4
.iBJA

.pifA
FQC
N
...................KBA-5
PBvA
U
:f
NmG-X

MA
,LJZ
,
,jv
,
,iv
.B
100
ZA AfA

:MD
B LjC-e
A
59.{BA
V
Li}-1

tjA
60.{A

G
Li
_G A}-2
ZA-3
F
.jMBm
BA
A-4
.jvN

e mA-5
.B
PFU-6
.BIC jA
B
101
ZA AfA
jrA
pifA

THE TWENTIETH LESSON

jZBI
:BRA
nA
A
THE SECOND SECTION: Apposition With Particles
,JN
IBM
Kn
NI Aev
G Kn
B G
,JnA
jZBI
A
)
B) :R ,A
C jq
,BzC (nA
n
I I mN
jY
fYC JN
fm
:A
Bjg
MDm
nA
.(C Q FA AA)
G SBRA
.(fBa
jY

A
.BM
Bq
Apposition with particles is a subordinate which has attributed to it that which is attributed
to its principle while both are intended to have this relationship. It is also termed 'Atf
an-Nasaq /Conjunctions. Its condition is that one of the particles of apposition is placed
fm
B Sa'eed and Khalid
between the subordinate and its principle, as in: fBa

stood.
,AA. Their mention will come in the third section,

,FA
The Particles of Apposition are: C ,Q
if Allah, the Exalted wills.

BC OnU) :Z ,v
KV
AgG
G (fm
jzI
jy
fDM
j
vN

A
AgG .(fBa
OJN)
,v
:Z
ijVA
AgG
jY
jzA
eBG
vNA

KV
:Z
,A
I Pij)
.(fnI
jVA
When apposition is made upon a dependent nominative
pronoun, it is required to
Sa'eed and I sat, except

emphasize it with an independent pronoun, as in: fm
BC OnU
A
OJN
Khalid
when there is separation, as in: fBa

and I wrote today. When apposition
is made upon a dependent genitive pronoun, it is required to repeat the genitive particle

I I Pij
in the subordinate (A
), as in: fn
I passed by you and by Sa'eed.
102
ZA AfA
A
.h BRB ,BY C u C AjJa C u A B AgG C ,
Y A

A
. G A
kBU ,
B A C kBU AgG C IBzA
) is in the ruling of the principle (

), meaning when the
A
The subordinate (A

A
first (
) is an adjective, informative sentence, relative clause or Hal,
then the

) is likewise. The rule in it is that when it is permissible to place the

second (A
subordinate in the place of the principle, the apposition is permitted, otherwise, it is not.

Nb
Bf
A B AgG lBU
A
AijV

B

,ijV
iAfA
)
jVZA
A .jA
fk
.(j
:Z
C
,h
Apposition upon words governed by two different governing agents is permitted when the
the principle is genitive and advanced ahead of the nominative noun and the subordinate
iAfA
jVZA
is likewise, meaning genitive, as in: j
fk
In the house is Zaid and (in) the
room is 'Amr. 61

:ubA

IBM
(nA
) n A jY
I I mN
fYC JN
A
jZBI

.BzC
j
jy
,BYA
U
A
Y A
Y
jY
KV
A
KV
.uBI
BI
C v
jVA
eBG
fDM
jzI
vN

ijVA
.vNA
jzA

B

Bf
A kV
AijV A B AgG Nb

.BzC jA Bf AijV A jA
103
ZA AfA

:mC

R
,nA

.
j-1

.A
|I ef-2
jY

O
R ?vN
.h
AgG KV

jy
AgB-3

ijVA
R ?vNA
jzA
O
AgG
A
jVA
jY
eBG KV
-4
.h

A
.BR
?
LAjG A Lj -5
g jgC
eAjG
:iBM

:BNA
B
y-C
PBAjA

m
PFY-1
.nA
..................
Kg-2
fm
G..................Q
.mifA
.A....................
BC
OCi-3
jBm-4
.iBBI..................
fBa

................... I Om-5

Pij-6
................... IC

BJmB
:BNA
jY y-L
VA
.aC.............BC
VA PCj-1

Pij-2
.I..................aDI
.Ba....................BC
PjBm-3

ae-4
.fm...........fBa

.JvA....................A
C-5
104
ZA AfA
-X

.v
jzI
fDNA
KUA
B
A NU PB-1

A
.AijV
Ajy
NU PB-2
B

A
:BNA
XjbNmG-e
VA

.I
Ah ha-1

BC OUja-2
.iAfA
fm
fBa
pifA
KN-3
.fm
fC-4

Ah fBrA
.IC
FNrA-5
eiBI
vA
.iBY

: B LjC-_

62.{VA
Uk OC mC}-1

.BA
f LjyA
,A jvC-2

UAkC
63.{jJZM
NC VA AaeC}-3

.e B A ja-4

PeiC-5
.Aja
a
105
ZA AfA
jrA
eBZA
pifA

THE TWENTY-FIRST LESSON

fDNA
:SBRA
nA
SECTION THREE: Emphasis

,G
jjM
f
C ,(n fk FU)
B JNA
Kn
:Z
f IBM
:fDNA

A
eAjC
fVn} :R ,JNA
.{UC
ZA q
Emphasis: it is a subordinate word signifying the affirmation of the principle in that which
FU
fk
has been attributed to it, as in: n
Zaid came to me himself. Or it signifies the

A
inclusion of a ruling upon each member of the principle, like: {UC
fVn} "So
the angels made obeisance, all of them together." 64

:n
fDNA
Emphasis is of two kinds:

FU
fk
FU)
,I
B B ,fk
FU
,fk
:Z
A
A
jjM

:-C
,(fk

:Z
kV
Afk G G)
.(B
,BzC jZA
FU
B B Zaid stood,
to me Zaid; fk FU
Zaid came to me, came to me; fk
stood. Repetition is permissible in particles as well, as in: B

Afk G G Surely,
a) Literal (
): it is the repitition of the first word itself, as in: fk fk FU
Zaid came
surely Zaid is standing.
BDI

: B ,ef
:-L
b) Abstract (
): It is achieved with numerous words, as follows:
106
ZA AfA
NaHI
oA)-1
RA
fYA
B (A
,jzA
VA
vA

,(nC flA ,BBn C ,BnC AflA

h
,n fk FU)
:R
FU)

C BC
,)
f
,S
,BB
:Z
,Bn
,(C

h
,B)
C BC
,(nC PAfA
AfA

,BBn C BnC

,BB
(C
oA
1)- (A
): They are for the singular, the dual and plural with variation in
FU
AflA
fk
form and pronoun, like: n
Zaid come to me himself; C BnC

The Ziads came

The two Zaids (came to me) themselves; nC
flA
BBn
to me themselves.

,uBa
UjA
BMCjA
OB
,B
B)
:Z
R B :(BN )-2

.(BBN
UjA
2- (BN ): They are for the dual in particular, as in: B
B The two men
BMCjA
stood, both of them; BBN
The two women stood both of them.
OB

NaHI
jzA
:(vIC ,NIC ,NC ,UC ,)-3

RA j

OjNqA , A FU
, BNnJA OjNqG)
,B fZA
:M ,()

NaHI
,(cG G...UC)
:
,AJA
vA
,( FnA PFU

NC
UC
UC

A
NIC

FU
,vIC
NC
BNnJA OjNqG):M

NIC

,vIC
PFU
FnA
FNI
FN
FU
B fZA
OjNqA
,FvI
U
NI N

.(vI
UC
NC
NIC

3- (vIC
): They are for other than the dual with variation of
OjNqG
I purchased the orchard, all of it;
the pronoun in (), you'd say: BNnJA
FU
OjNqG I purchased
The people came to me, all of them; B fZA
FnA
PFU
the garden, all of it;
The women came, all of them.
107
ZA AfA
) to the
(It is found with a) variation of form in the remaining, and they are (UC

UC
NC
), you'd say: vIC
NIC

end (vIC
BNnJA OjNqG I purchased the orchard,
UC

NC
NIC
A
FU
all of it; vIC
The people came to me, all of

FU
B
FNI
FN
them; FvI
fZA
OjNqG I purchased the garden, all of it, and
U
FnA
vI
NI N
PFU

The women came, all of them.
PeiC AgG
KV
j
jzI
oA)_I vNA
(jA)
jzA
fDM
(A
fDM

.(n
OC OIjy) :M ,v

oA
When you intend to emphasize a dependent nominative pronoun with (A
), it is

required to emphasize it with an independent nominative pronoun, you'd say: OC OIjy

You struck yourself.
n

FU
,BnY
A
:Z
(A)
~BIC ElUC B G (UC )_I f
BAjNA
\v

zA
:M
OjC)
.(
( OJA OjNqG)
:M B BY C ,UC

With (UC
) only that which has components and parts is emphasized (while it being)

A
) in: UC
FU
correct to separate its parts perceptionally, like (A
The people
came to me, each of them all together. Or that which is in the ruling (of having

components and parts) as you would say: B OJA
OjNqG I purchased the house, all of it.
I honored the guest, all of him.

OjC
You would not say: zA

BfM
kV Be B o gG (UC)_ BJMC BMAaC
(NC)
C A
Bjg
(UC)

kV
.Be

) when it doesn't have a meaning aside from
Know that (NC) and her sisters follow (UC
). It is not permitted to advance it before (UC
) nor permissible to mention it without
(UC
).
(UC
108
ZA AfA

:ubA

jjM
eAjC
IBM
.JNA
ZA
q
f
C
,G
Kn
B
JNA
f
fDNA
:n
fDNA
.BzC jZA
iAjM kV ,I
A iAjM :-C

,uvb
BDI
ZN
:
:-L
o-1

.
BN -2
.(jzA
G BNBzA)

UC
.BMAaC
-3

fDM

f
.v
fI
G
A
oBI
vNA
jA
jzA
i jzI

jq
fA
.BY C BnY
ElUC
AjNA
Zu (UC ) I fDNA

jg
.(UC)
fI
G
A
BMAaC
(NC) jg kV

:mC
j-1
R
,fDNA
.

.RDI
g \y ?fDNA
BnC B-2

R ?B AfDM
fM -3
.h

BA B-4
.B R
?B
BI f NA

.B R
g `jqG ?VA fM I ?RA
fM I-5

R ?A
jzA
.h
fM -6
oBI vNA
109
ZA AfA
:iBM

I fA
B
:BNA
BA -C
VA
G G-1
fA
.B

FU
FU-2
.fm

NBa

.B
h-3
BaC M n
OC-4
.Y
PFU-5
PBA
.nC

.BMjJA
BC OC-6

A
.B
Kg-7
BJmB
:BNA
VA
AfDM
y-L

............IC FU-1

.........BaC OCi-2

...............BJBA
jBm-3
A...................-4
.g

.nA
G Kg...................-5
OjNqG-6

.....................KNA

.....................PVA
PCj-7

: B LjC-X
jBm
jBm-1
.fm

C
65.{UC
BV}-2

66.{B
FmA eE }-3

.jZ
jbA G G-4
110
ZA AfA
jrA
BRA

pifA
THE TWENTY-SECOND LESSON

fJA
:IAjA
nA
THE FOURTH SECTION: Badal - Equivalent Appositive
JnBI
JN
fJA
Kn
evA
IBM
e
G Kn B G
.JN
The Equivalent Appositive is a subordinate word which has attributed to it whatever is
attributed to its principle while the subordinate is intended for the attribution not its
principle.

:IiC
fJA
BnC
The divisions of Equivalent Apposative are four:

A
,JNAlU
,A
f
FU)
:Z
.(aC \Bu
B
B
fI-1
1-Equivalence
of the whole for the whole. Its meaning is part of the principle, as in:

aC \Bu
FU
Salih,
your brother, came to me.

:Z
|JA
,A
PCj)
fI-2
,JNA
f
LBNA
BM
f
B
B

.(C
2-Equivalence of part for
the whole.
Its signification is the complete signification of

the principle, as in: C LBNA

PCj I read the book, its beginning.

,BNqA
:Z ,JNBI
,IQ
JVC
fk Km)
BN
f
B
B
fI-3
.(
3-The Equivalence of inclusion. It is that its signification is connected with the
Km
fk

JVC
principle, as in: IQ
Zaid dressed in his clothes;
'Ali, his
knowledge, amazed me.
111
ZA AfA

FU)
,jU
,A
fk
:Z
fI
.(AiBY I OCi
jh B ,A
fI-4
FU
fk
4-Equivalence of error. It is that which is mentioned after an error, as in: jU
I saw a mule, a donkey.

Zaid, Ja'far came to me; AiBY I OCi

KV
Bn}
uB
uBBI
N KV
:BM
,{IgB
j
j B G fJA

Aju G}
Z ,n
Aju Nn
g
SY nBVNA
,{A
:BM

Aju NnA

:BM
Z
AjvA
Ui FU)
{...hA
BfG}
,jNA jNA

.(
The Equivalent Appositive, if it is (the equivanence of an) indefinite from a definite, its

Bn}
uB
uBBI
adjective is required, as in the saying of the Exalted: {IgB
"We would
certainly smite his forehead, a lying sinful forehead." 67(The adjective) is not required in
the reverse (meaning a definite taken from an indefinite) as in His, the Exalted's saying:
G}
68
{A Aju Nn
"...the way to the right path, the path of Allah." Nor is it required
Aju
for two homogeneous (meanings) with regard to definiteness and indefiniteness, as in

Aju NnA
His, the Exalted's saying: {...hA
BfG}
"Keep us on the right path, the
AjvA
path of those..."
69

Ui
FU
A man, a servant, came to me.
BJA
:oBbA
nA
THE FIFTH SECTION: The Explicative Appositive

jqC
,6q mA
IBM

j
A fJ
IC B) :Z
JN \y u
BJA

,eBvA
A
jC BjJaC
.()
The Explicative Appositive is a subordinate word, other than an adjective, clarifying its

A
principle and it is the more famous of two names of something, as in: :eBvA
IC B
fJ

jC BjJaC
Abu 'Abdillah as-Sadiq
said: Ameer al-Mumineen, 'Ali (AS), informed

us...
112
ZA AfA

:ubA

,JN
Kn
evA
G
.JnBI
B G Kn JNA \y IBM
fJA

:fJA
BnC

A
A
fI-2
|JA
A fI-1

A
fI-4
BNqA
fI-3

jA
M C :jBI
.u
jA
jq
fJA

jqC
mA
.JNA
wvbNA
\yNA
f
IBM
BJA

:mC

R
,fJA
.
j-1

?BJA
B-2

.B R
,Bef ?fJA
AC B-3

R
g `jqG
? C jI
jA
.
fJ -4
:iBM

,fJA
:VA
MD
B
BJA
XjbNmG-C
C
jU
.() jBJA
IC eBU
B-1
fZ

.aC en jBm-2

Pjn-3
.BmCi A

AfV
.AfBY
OCi-4
IC JVC-5

.
113
ZA AfA
:BNA
VA PBAjA
BJmB
BI
C fI y-L

..............BeBu
OCi-1
Cj-2
fY
............LBNA
jBm-3
.....................jB

jm-4
.....................OJA

.LBNA..................BaC
OC-5
IC B-6
...........................nZA

...............................IC -7
-X

PB
.BNqA
-1
fI B
NU

|I fJA
PB
NU
.
B
-2

B NZM
.BI
PB-3

NU

:MD
B LjC-e
hA
Aju
69.{
AjvABfG}-1
OC

NnA
fZ

IC jzY-2
.() nZA

A
.mCi
OjI-3
aC JV-4

.Y

.mB
aC FU-5

.Ba
OCi-6
114
ZA AfA
pifA
jrA
SBRA

THE TWENTY-THIRD LESSON
BRA
LBJA

JA
mA
THE SECOND CHAPTER: Indeclinable Nouns

eiAA
Nb
B :JA
:BNA
,AA
g
jaE
NaBI
mA
Indeclinable nouns: that noun whose ending does not change with a change in
government and that (lack of declension) occurs in the following instances:
:R ,j
Kj
,(QQ ,BQG
,fYC)
:R
,(cA...FM
,FI
,C)
B-C
j

KjNA
R
BI
H
Lj
.BI
nA

J
J (fk)
A-That which occurs without being compounded with other than it, like: (cA ,P ,L ,C);
and like: (QQ ,BQG

,fYC ); and like the word (fk ) before construction (with other words).
while inherently
It is indeclinable in reality (its ending being) based on Sukun
70
declinable.
B-L
iBqA
FmD
IBq
j G BUBNZ B fA DI uA J
,)
,PuA
.(

:Z
B-That which resembles an original indiclinable word in that while signifying its
meaning it needs an indicator like the Demonstrative and Relative Nouns, as in:

These; Who.

(B) jy
R
,jYC QQ C B B-X
.(BNU)
C-That which is less than three-letters, like the pronoun (B) in: BNU You came to us.
115
ZA AfA

zM
G
B-e
nM
jr

.(jr
fYC) (Ah) R ,jZA
B
D-That which embraces one of the meanings of particles, like: Ah This; and numbers
from eleven to nineteen.

n
Bjg
mA
B FI .B m ,Ajn BZN By nM JA
PBjY

BnA G JA
mA
:BNA
-1
FmC-2
iBqA
PAjzA

BA
FmC-4
PuA-3
PBJjA-6
PAuA
FmC-5

jA
|I-8

PBBA-7
is a
The vowels of the indeclinable noun are termed Damm,
Fath,
Kasr and its Sukun

halting. Based on that which we have mentioned, the indeclinable nouns are divided into
the following divisions:
1-Pronouns
2-Demonstrative Nouns
3-Relative Nouns
4-Verbal Nouns
5-Nouns of Sound
6-Compounds
7-Metonymy
8-Some particles

:A
PAjzA
A
The First Type: Pronouns

KB
fM
f y ,B mA :jzA
.jg
C N
C KBb
The pronoun: it is a noun of whatever kind coined to signify the first-person, the
second-person or the third-person whose mention has already preceded.
116
ZA AfA

m)
:Z ,B J ih ,G
Uj
jz
C ,(aC
jzY
Uj
fI
KBA

:Z ,
jzB
) :Z ,BY C ,{N LjC AfG}
,(eVA
PNmA

m
G
.BnA
A
`
e (PNmA)
A point of reference is required
for the third-person which it refers to and is mentioned

before it literally, as in: aC jzY m

Saleem's brother was present. Or in meaning, as in:

LjC
AfG}
{N
"Act equitably, that is nearer to piety." 71 Or (the reference is) in ruling,

) returns (in
. Then, the pronoun in (PNmG
as: eVA
It straightened upon al-Judi
PNmA
reference to) the well-known ark of Noah (AS) understood from context.

:n
jzA
The pronoun is of two types:

:vN-1
:Z ,j
BG ,fY Nn B
G...OIjy)
C ,(Ijy

,Lv
:Z
G....Ijy)
C ,(Ijy
,ijV
G...

:Z
,)

.(
1-Dependent: it is that pronoun which is not used alone. It is either nominative, as

G...Ijy
G
), or it is genitive, as in:
OIjy
in: (Ijy
), or it is accusative, as in: (Ijy
,
(
G...
).

G ...BC :R
,j BG BzC ,fY Nn B :v-2
BG ,(

:R ,Lv
,(BG G...BG)
.Ajy
Jm h
2-Independent:
it is that which is used alone. Also, it is either nominative, like:

), or accusative, like: (BG G...

BG). That, then, is seventy pronouns.
( G...BC

vNA
jA jzA
: B AjNNn

The nominative pronoun is concealed in that which follows:
117
ZA AfA

C (FnA
KBA
PlC
)
mA
:Z ,JBA
yBA-1
=jv)
B
jv

.(=PlC

:R
jvC)
,NA iBzA-2
.(jv

.(DM)
:R ,KBbA iBzA-3

:R
jv)
,JBA
KBA
iBzA-4
.(jvM

A
.(vA)
BA
mG-5

PlC
1-The third-person past-tense verb, as in: FnA
mA
'Ali helped
B
jv
) is
and Fatimah

Islam
invigorated women, in other words, the pronoun for (jv
) it is ().
) and for (PlC
(
,jvC
.
2-First-person present-tense verb, like: jv

3-Second-person present-tense verb, like: DM.
jv
.
4.Third-person present-tense verb (masculine and feminine), like: jvM
5. Active Participle and Passive Participle (adjective).72
BG}
f
G
ihM
,vNA
:Z
B) ,{fJ
kV
.(BC G jv
vA
BNmA
Use of the independent pronoun is not permitted unless the dependent pronoun is not

BG}
"Only You do we worship;" 73 BC G
appropriate, as in: {fJ
jv B No one helped you

except I.
:vA
DrA

jy
The Pronoun of Fact and Narration
,jhA
Ajy
BJB
jy)
(DrA
jy)
,jnM
U fI MDM
C A

Kk BG ,Z
f )
,{fYC A } :R ,SA

.(B
(vA
Know that for pronouns there is a third-person pronoun producing after it a sentence
explaining it. It is termed the Pronoun of Fact in the masculine pronoun and the Pronoun
}
of Narration in the feminine pronoun, like: {fYC A
"Say: He, Allah, is one." 74 f

Z
She, Hind, is pleasant.
118
ZA AfA
jy
:vA

Pronoun of Separation

IB v
j jy
C C ,j
jJbA
B
AgG
CfNJ
af f
jJbA
CfNJA
,vBI
j
BJNqA
jJbA
jJbA
f
CfNJA
I v (v) n ,Ah
,BzC

,jAlA
,eBA
A
mB
jm)
fV
zC
B (fBY
:Z
fDNA
:BM
OC O}

.{KjA
At times, an independent nominative pronoun is placed between the Mubtada and
Khabar, agreeing with the Mubtada, when the Khabar is definite or a superlative noun. It
is termed a separator because it separates the Mubtada and the Khabar in order to
eliminate (the possibility) of confusing the Khabar with an adjective. It also conveys
Qasim,
B
mB
Sameer, he is arriving; jAlA

emphasis, as in: eBA

he was the
jm

zC fV
visitor; fBY
. Allah, the Exalted,
Majeed, he is more virtuous than Hamid
} "You were the watcher over them." 75

has said: {KjA
OC O

:ubA

eiAA
NaHI
Nb
B :JA
:BNA
g AA
jaE
mA

Kj
.j
B-C
j
B-L
J
IBq
.uA

QQ
.jYC
C B B-X
zM
B-e

.jZA
B

BnA
mA

BRA
:MA
G JA
n
mG-2
iBqA
PAjzA-1

BA
FmC-4
PuA-3
PBJjA-6
PAuA
FmC-5

jA
PBBA-7
|I-8
119
ZA AfA
f y mG :jzA
C KBb
:n
.jg fM KB
C N
jzA

Nn
B
,vNA
jzA-1
.fY

Nn
B
,vA
.fY
jzA-2

vNA
jA
eiAA
:BNA
jzA
jNNn
yBA-1
KBA
.JBA
iBzA-2
.NA

KBA
KBbA
.JBA
iBzA-3
.A
BA
mG-4
U
,DrA
jy

J jh
.jnM

jy

U
jy
S jy
.jnM
fI M KB
:vA

B C J
fI
jJbA
I af jy
.u jJa
jy
:vA
CfNJA

:mC
R
,JA
j-1
mA
.

?uA
ef
AC
Jq
.RC
B-2
J

.B R
,FmA
ef-3
PBJ

R ?jzA
.h
B-4

.B R ,jzA
BnC jgC-5

jzA
jNNn
BA
?jA
C -6
N-7
kV
BRI
.f
g \y ?vA
BNmG
jzA

j-8
,DrA
BR LjyG
.h
jy
R
?vA
B-9
jy
.

R ?Nn N ?vA
.h
jy
B-10
120
ZA AfA
:iBM

AC -C
jBzA
:BNA
VA
BG}-1
BG fJ
76.{Nn

.aC Ah-2

77.{ifvA
PAhI
G}-3
NCi-4

.vA
mif
G-5
B
.jq
hMBmC
-6
.jNZ

PBJA-7
G jBm
.fI
:PB-L

U

B jzA
.AjNNn
TQ-1

U

B jzA
.v
TQ-2

U
jzA
B
.vN
TQ-3
-X
na

jBy
aeC
ef-1
U
KvA
,vA
.f
B

na
jgC
?vNA
U
jBy
jA
B-2
.f
B

B-3
?vA
jA jBy

:MD
B LjC-e

G
jvJA
.eAfI
PjBm-1

Aja
fv
.
I -2

-3
.

OB
78.{
D
qj AhC}-4

A
79.{fYC
}-5
121
ZA AfA
pifA
jrA
IAjA

THE TWENTY-FOURTH LESSON

A
iBqA
FmC :BRA
THE SECOND TYPE: Demonstrative Nouns
BC na .G
iBr
y B :iBqA
mG
:B
Nn
f

jh
.fYAA
(Ag)-1

(g
.jhA
R
Ag)-2
.SA
ej
(g M g M g M BM)-3
(M
.SA
R
BM)-4
jhA
.SA
V
jvA
fBI
(C)-5
The Demonstrative Noun: that which is formulated to signify something alluded to. The
Demonstratives have five forms for six meanings:
1-(Ag) For the masculine singular.
2-(g Ag
) For the masculine dual.
3-(g
M g M g M BM) For the feminine singular.
4-(M BM
) For the feminine dual.
5-(C
) With elongation (C
) and shortening (C) for the masculine and feminine
plural.
122
ZA AfA
,LBbA
jY
BjaADI
vN
f
.(
,Ah)
:R
,JNA
(F)
BADI
f
ZM

jr
na
na
Ljy
,( , , ,B ,) BC na
,na
h
uBZA
,Ag
G...Ag)
G...Ag

Ah (Ag
.AJA
At times (F) will be prefixed to its beginning, like: (

,Ah). Sometimes, the particle of

the second-person is connected to its ending, they are five words: ( ,
, ,B ,). That,

then, is twenty-five pronouns obtained by multiplying five by five, they are: (Ag G...
Ag)
and (Ag G...

Ag). Likewise, are the remainder.
(g)
mN (Ag) Kj
.fJ
(Ag) Nn

(Ag) is used for the near; (Ag) is used for the median and (g
) is used for the distant.

uA
mA
A
:SBRA
THE THIRD TYPE: Relative Nouns

fI ,jJa
G U BBM AlU C \v mG :uA
,fI vI
U
B C B
IC hA
FU)
(hA)
:R ,uA
.(IC
B
B fB
G e
The Relative Noun: is a noun which is not proper that it be a complete part of a sentence
except with a relative clause following after it. (The relative clause) is an informative
) returning (in reference) to the Relative Noun, like
sentence requiring in it a pronoun (fBA
(hA
) in our saying: B
IC hA
FU
He came to me whose father is learned, or: IC B He
whose father stood came to me.

uA
:
FmA

.jh
(hA)-1
.S
(NA)-2

FBI
(NA
BNA
NBY
jA
BY
BI
,BBR
hA AhA)-3
KvA
.jVA

A)-4
.jhA
V (hA
123
ZA AfA
(A
MAA
MA)-5
.SA
V

B
.V
(B )-7-6

(C C)-8

:jBrA
6

I
(hA)
I (g)-9
O
g jI fU
g PjY
IC
F FA

.O
hA
PjY
C
hA

C (jI
,A
:Z
mA Nu
I A A-10
(hA)
IC A)
C BA
C
DA)
hA
C (`BM
.`BM
,jI
IC C hA
The Relative Nouns are:
1-(hA
) For the masculine.
2-(NA
) For the feminine.
AhA
BNA
3-(NA
hA
) For the dual (of the masculine and feminine) with Alif in
in the accusative and genitive states.
the nominative state and with Ya
) For the masculine plural.

4-(hA
A
5-(A
MAA
MA
) For the feminine plural.
6&7-(B ) Both used for all.
8-(C C).
9-(g) In the meaning of (hA

as in the words of
) in the language of the Bani Tayy,
g PjY
IC F FA
H
g jI
the poet: O
fU

Surely, the water is the water of my father and my grandfather
And my well is that which I dug and that which I concealed
hA
hA
In other words: O
PjY
.
124
ZA AfA

10-(A A
) In the meaning of (hA
), and its relative clause is an Active or
Passive Participle, as in: jI

The one eating is Abu Bakr, meaning: hA
IC A

jI
The (thing) eaten is an apple, in
IC C He who ate is Abu Bakr; `BM DA
C hA
other words: `BM
That which was eaten is an apple.

hA
C (OjC
B) :Z , B G A fBA
hY kV
.NjC
hA

Q}
l
AgG G BIj
q
:BM
,BNu
(C BC) C A
ifu hY
.fqC
C
C
,{BN
YjA
fqC
hA
hA
as in: OjC
B I honored he who stood, meaning: NjC
He who I honored.

Know that (C C) are both declinable except when the beginning of its relative-clause is

l
elided, as in His, the Exalted's saying: {BN
fqC
YjA
C q
Q} "Then We
The elision of the referencing pronoun (fBA

) is permitted if the pronoun is a verbal object,
will most certainly draw froth from every sect of them he who is most exorbitantly
C
Whichever of them he
rebellious against the Beneficent God," 80 in other words: fqC

is most (rebellious).

:ubA

iBqA
mG
mA BC .pnZ
:
n
G
I iBr mG :iBqA

jhA
.BR
ej
(g
Ag)
Ag
ej
SA
.BR
(M
BM)
BM
.SA
jhA
V
jvA
fBI
(C)
(g)
mN (Ag) Kj
.fJ
(Ag)
Nn

MDM
mG ,uA mA
e
U
.G
jy
jn
B ,fI
125
ZA AfA

uA
:
FmA

,hA)
NRM
jhA
(hA
U
.ANA
ej
,AhA)
(hA)-1
(A
ej
SA
,AA
,A
,MAA)
NRM
(NA
,BNA)
(NA)-2
(MA

.U

AeAjG SA jhA B
.BU
RM
Nn
(B )-3

ja
BJ
AgG G BIj
G
yC
BNu
B (C C)-4
ifu hY
.zA

.(hA)
(g)
(A
A)-5

:mC
R
?iBqA
mA B-1
.

g \y ?jhA
.RDI
I ?SA
G iBr AgBI-2
G iBr

BR jgA ,uA mA

.h
j-3

.B R ,ejA
jhA
ejA
SBI wNbA uA mA
jgC-4

.B R ,Bef ?RBI
vNbA uA FmA B-5

RC
.f
,SA
FmA jgC-6
U jhA
VI vNbA uA

R ?(C) (C) JM N-7
.h

g \y ?uA
B-8
.RDI
fBA
mA

NnM
-9
R ?(B) ()
.h

U
hY kV
?vA
fBA
N-10

R ?(hA)
I
NnM
.h
-11
(A A)

R
g `jqG
?(hA)
.
I (g) NnM -12
126
ZA AfA
:iBM

FmBI
U
.
,h
,Ah :f
,g ,Ag
jqC-C
BNA

XjbNmG-L
iBqA
: B
FmC

81.{
PB
g G}-1
Ah}-2
82.{Ii
z

Ag
.eA
jC-3

FJC g}-4
KA
83.{G
.BNB
BNJA
BMB-5

LBNA
g-6
.f

.A
OjNqG-7
h
mA y-X
:BNA
iBqG
PBAjA
UjA................-1
.B

BC-2
.A.................jN
V
BIE.............-3
.RI

LBNA.............ha-4
.jA.................

84.{
Ki LBNA........}-5

:VA
uA FmA XjbNmG-e

BZJA
Ah)-1
.(MD
jM
hA
}-2
85.{iBvIC
Az

AE
h
86.{Bq
f

}-3
}-4
B fJC
87.{eJM

\C
Mu
A
88.{qBa
hA
f}-5
127
ZA AfA
:f
PuA
BNA
aeC-_

,B ,NA
,hA
,BNA
,AhA
,MAA
,hA

BA
.BNA
VA
u BmA y-
BJmB
BbA

?OJA
f...........-1

.
A haDM ............FU-2
jJaC.................-3

.Q

BBI

.ikA..............
PfBq-4
BA

f.............OjNqG-5
.BmA

.NDm................OCi-6
BBJg.............BIBrA-7
.BfuC

:MD
B LjC-k

AaA
M
.
jq-1

89.{
h}-2
N
hA

jBmC
90.{A
G
Ah G}-3

vA-4
.J
jA
BrZA
M NA

91.{BnY
Ag }-5
Byj A ~j
hA
128
ZA AfA
jrA
oBbA
pifA

THE TWENTY-FIFTH LESSON

BA
FmC :IAjA
A
THE FOURTH TYPE: Verbal Nouns

PB)
,C
C (Afk
C (fk
mA
fi)
:R
,yBA
jA
I
mG
:A

()
.lG
,OJQC C (B) ,V JC
C (Y) ,Aha C (B) ,fI

:R
(AjM)

I
k
,lG
I
(Al)
,QRA
jA
,mB

I (B)

.jMC
The Verbal Noun: Every noun having the meaning of a command and past-tense verb,

Be away Zaid, in other words
like: Afk fi
Slowly Zaid, in other words delay him; fk PB
be distant (from me); B, in other words: Take s.th.; Y, in other words, come close and

hurry; B Your place, in other words, take/acknowledge you place (among us);
Upon you, meaning required (upon you).
I Z f
(Bn
u C ,iVA
I (iBV)
:Z ,j
Aifv (B)
B) :Z ,S
(B B) ,mB
I
h
.iBzY
B
I
B C ,
L
B ,RA

BG ,BA
Pjg
QRA
B
.JmB
FmC
On jaA
Sometimes, the pattern (B

as in:iBV
) has associated with it a definite Masdar,
, in the
), Immorality. Or (it is found existing as) an adjective for the feminine, as

meaning of (iVA
in: Bn
); B B O Depraved One! in the meaning
B O corrupt one!, in the meaning of (mB
). Or it is a proper name for notable females, like: iBzY ,L ,B. These last three
of: (
are not Verbal Nouns. They are only mentioned here due to the appropriateness (of their
pattern).
129
ZA AfA
A
PAuA
FmC :oBbA

,LAjA
Pv
,LjzA
(B)
I Y
mA
()
mG
(B)
R ,Pu
BZ
:PvA

Pv
iBVZA
BZ
.jJA
aB
(c)_
BJ
I
Pv
C
,|I
BzI
THE FIFTH TYPE: Nouns (Mimicking) Sounds
The Noun of Sound: Every noun by which a sound is spoken, like: B Ghaq
for the
sound of a crow; B Taq

for mimicking a knock; Taq
for mimicking rocks falling upon
one another or for the sound animals make, like: c Nikh, for the braying of a camel.
:peBnA
A
PBJjA
THE SIXTH TYPE: Compound Words

.eBmA
C ByA
JnA BI o C ,Jn BI o N Ki mA
:KjA

lVA
H

zM
nM G...jr
fYC) :R ,\NA
BFI
KV
BjY
KjA
BRA
(jr
G (jr
H
G ,RB
BRA

TQ B BjY
Lj
zN
,PB
QA)
JI :R ,jvA
LAjG
.(Lj f
j
FI BZvC
LAjG BRA
\NA A
The compound is every noun compounded of two words not having (a relationship of)
attribution between them. In other words, there is no relationship of Idafah
or attribution
between them. If the second part of the compound implies the meaning of a particle,
it is

fYC (the
required to be constructed based on Fathah
(at its end), like: jr nM G...jr
QG
), it is declinable like the dual.
numbers 11-19) except 12 (jr
If (the second part of the compound) does not imply the meaning of a particle, then there
are three scenarios in language. The most eloquent of which is to base (the ending) of
of the second word the I'rab
of the
the first word on Fath and give the I'rab

f
partially-declinable noun, like: JI Ba'labakk; Lj
Ma'dikarb.
130
ZA AfA

:ubA

N
,mB
f
k
mG :A
J
C jA
,yBA

mG
(B
.ejVA
QRA

I Z
.Pu
mG ,PvA
mG

Jn BI o N Kj :KjA
.eBmG
ByG

:mC

R
.
?A
mA B-1

BR
AgB-2
Z
jgC
?A
mHI
R
?PvA
.
B-3
mA

mA
j-4
BR
.h

,KjA

N-5
J
BR
.h
,KjA

Lj

BRA
\NA
LAjG
?jvA
j
KjA
A
lVA
J
PBZA
DI-6

R
.h
:iBM

BA
.BNA
FmC -C
VA

CjA
92.{IBN
B}-1

.A
Y-2
ja

B B-3
.fm
B n
-4

.fm

.(hA
B PB)-5
131
ZA AfA

:MD
B LjC-L
Li
E-1
.BA

f
Al-2
.Ci
PB}-3

B PB
93.{fM
B M }-4
94.{C

95.{nC
}-5
132
ZA AfA
jrA
peBnA
pifA

THE TWENTY-SIXTH LESSON
:IBnA
A
PBBA

The Seventh Type: Kinayat

O)
:R
,J
C ,(Ah ) :R ,J
SfY
ef fN Oy FmC :PBBA

.(Og
or metonymic words are words coined to signify an ambiguous number, like:
The Kinayat
Many and Ah As such; or (coined to signify) an ambiguous event, like: Og O
This and
that.

:n
()

B ,BNmG-1
.(?f BIBN ) :R ,lNA
Lv ej BfI MD

B
C ,(NC
V
,ijV
B ,jJa-2
:Z
ej BfI MD
) :R ,ijV
B ,(N BUi
MD
f .jRNA
?N Ui
)
) :M (B) fI ()
B
.(NC

() is of two types:
1-Interrogative, it is that a singular accusative noun comes after () as its Tamyeez,
like: f BIBN How many books are with you?

2-Informative, it is that a singular genitive noun comes after (), like: NC B
How

BUi
much money I have spent. Or a plural genitive (comes after it), like: N
How
B How much money have I spent. Its

NC
significance is abundance. At times, () follows both (the interrogative and

B
How many men you have met; NC
informative), you'd say: N Ui
many men have you met
How much money I have spent.
133
ZA AfA

)
hZ
C (OIjy
l
?B AiBe C (B ) :R ,j
f
B ()

Ui
?OIjy
Sometimes, the Tamyeez of () is elided due to the existence of an indicator (in context),

like: ?B How much is your money?, meaning: ?B Bie
How many Dirham is your

Ui
How many have you struck?, meaning: ?OIjy
money?; ?OIjy
How many men
have you struck?

j
Nr
H
,jzI
B
fI
B
AgG
BIv
UA
C A
Ui
B
?OjC
G (!O
Aifv
H
) :R
,I
,BmA ()

B !Pjm B ) :Z ,Bj B G
(?Pik iBk ) :Z ,

.(?Ou
Know that for (), in its two perspectives, the Tamyeez occurs (either) as an accusative
when there is a verb following it whose pronoun is unengaged (with the Tamyeez).
Then,
if the Mumayyiz of () is a noun, it will be an object (of the verb), like: ?OjC Ui How
many men you have honored? O

How many a servants have you owned. If a
How many visits have you
Mutlaq,
Masdar
(follows), it is the Maf'ul
as in: ?Pik iBk

B
Feehi, if the Tamyeez is an adverb, as in: Pjm
visited? It is the Maf'ul
How many
B How many days have you fasted?

days I have traveled; ?Ou

,Pij Ui
Ui
:Z
,BBz
C
jY
jY
BJ
B
B
AgG
AijV
M

I)
Ui
Ui

.(Ou
B ,OjNYA
?OY
(The Tamyeez) occurs as a genitive noun when that which precedes it is a genitive

Ui

particle or an Idafah,
as in: Pij

I How many men have I passed by; Ui

Upon how many men have you ruled? OjNYA
Ui
?OY
The servants of how many

B
a men have I honored; Ou Ui
The wealth of how many men have I protected.

)
:Z ,Bj BlM
6q AgG j M
AgG CfNJ N ,jA
jq
.(u
B ) :Z ,Bj B G AjJa ,(NjC Ui
?jm
?MaG Ui
134
ZA AfA
The Mumayyaz (the quantified word) occurs as a nominative word when there is nothing
from the two matters (previously mentioned) existing. It is a nominal-subject when its

Tamyeez is not an adverb, as in MaG

Ui How many men are your brothers?; Ui
NjC
How many men I have honored. (The Mumayyaz occurs) as a predicate (Khabar)

when it is an adverb, as in: jm
B How many days is your journey? u
jq
How
many months is my fast.

:ubA
fM
FmC
C J
:n
PBBA
,() BnC .J
SfY
ef

,BNmG-1
BlM
ej

.Lv

,jJa-2
BlM
C ijV
U
ej
.ijV

QQ
AC
:
() LAjG

Nr

fI B AgG ,KvA-1

Bj
C ,I
,jzI
j

.B
Aifv C ,

BJ B B AgG ,jVA-2
jY
.BBz C jU

B
Bq
.Jm
AgG ,jA-3

:mC

j-1
.B R
,BA

BR jgA () BnC ef-2

.n

hY kV -3
R ?N () l
.h

R ?Iv M N ?ijV () M N-4
.h

() M N-5
g
\y ?j
.RDI

jJbA
() Y B-6
?LAjA
BNmA

?PBBA
BjgC
.RC
FmC B-7
135
ZA AfA
:iBM

()
BlM
:BNA
-C
VA

Bie -1
?f
I-2
OjNqA
ie
?LBNA

?jm
B -3

BJmC
?Ou
-4

?N
Ajq -5
LBN -6
.PCj

B
Oz
?fA
-7
PBBA
:BNA
VA
XjbNmG-L

iB
.iBrA
Ah Ah OCi-1
.Og O
aC B-2
O
O
Om-3

O ,Og

.O

.BIBN Ah Ah OjNqG-4
V
-5
.OjNqA

:MD
B LjC-X

O
.PC
C -1

BIBN
-2
?OjNqA
O

aC Om-3
.Og

96.{jR
OJ }-4

97.{
AjM }-5
PBU
136
ZA AfA
pifA
jrA
IBnA

THE TWENTY-SEVENTH LESSON

1-JA
jA :BRA
A
THE EIGHTH TYPE: Indeclinable Adverbs (1)

,BnC
: B Bjh

Indeclinable Adverbs are of some types, we will mentioned them in what follows:
DI ByA
B-1
BzA hY
B ,(OZM
fI J) :R ,G

,fI
6q J C ,{fI J jA }
:BM

)
j Ah ,Ij OB G N B
hZA B AgG Ah .(PBBA)

J
.(fI
jA
1-That adverb which is disjoined from an Idafah
in that the Mudaf

Ilaihi (its 2nd

Below. The Exalted has

Above; OZM
term) is elided, like: J Before; fI After;
said: {fI J
jA }
"Allah's is the command before and after," 98 in other

words: fI
6q J
From before everything and from after it. It is termed
.99 This is when the elision of the word was intended by the speaker,
Ghayat
).
J
otherwise, it is declinable. Based on this it could be read: (fI
jA

PBBBI
G BzM
C Bjq ,ByA
BNk
BJrM
OI BG (SY)-2

SY
oUG)
fk
:R ,VA
:BM
A B (oBU
SY

UifNnm}
{
137
ZA AfA
) Where, wherever. It is indeclinable only because of its resemblance to

2-(SY
due to its need of an Idafah.
Ghayat
Its condition is that it be annexed to a
oUG
sentence, like: oBU
Sit wherever Zaid is sitting. Allah, the Exalted said:
fk SY
SY

UifNnm}
{
"We draw them near (to destruction) by degrees from whence they know not." 100

ejA
:jBrA
G BzM f

BB
6z
LBrB
B
V
m
SY jM BC
.B
I B (SY)_ m
B C
At times, it annexes a singular word, as in the saying of the poet:
m
BB
SY jM BC
6z
LBrB
V
B
As you see from where Suhail is rising, a star giving light like as meteor is luminous
) is in the meaning of (B) here.

In other words, the place of Suhail. Then (SY
(AgG)-3
AgG}
:BM
Z
,JNn
iBu
yBA
Oae G ,JNn
B {A
FU

jrA
jv
.BJB

iBNbA .(B
orA AgG NMC):Z
,A
,mA
VA BfI M C kV
M f .(orA O AgG NMC) :Z

:Z ,CfNJA BfI iBNb ,DUB

JnA AgH OUja)
.(A
3-(AgG) When. It is for the future. If it is entered upon the past-tense verb, it becomes

present-tense (in meaning), as in His, the Exalted's words: {A
FU AgG} "When
jv
there comes the help of Allah..."
101
),
In it is the meaning of a condition (jrA
mostly.
138
ZA AfA

AgG NMC
It is permissible that a nominal sentence will occur after it, as in: orA
B
I will come to you when the sun is rising. The verbal sentence is preferred,

AgG NMC
O
as in: orA
I will come to you when the sun is rising. At times, it
occurs to signify suddenness, then, the nominal subject (Mubtada) is preferred

(to occur after it), as in: A
I left, then (suddenly) a beast was
JnA AgH OUja
standing (there).
,yB
gG NU)
O
orA gG ,orA
.(B
(gG)-4
:Z
gG OU I came, then, the sun

O
4-(gG) Then. It is for the past-tense, as in: orA
orA
gG (I came) then the sun was rising.
rose; B

:ubA

,B

Lj
mG jA
.J
TfY
C
Bk
f

jA
JA
:

fI

J)
,ByA
:Z
A
.(OZM
jA-1

.(SY)-2
.(AgG)-3
.(gG)-4

:mC

R ?ByA
M N
.h
?PBBA B-1

R ?Bjq B ?(SY) OI AgB-2
.h

R ?ej G (SY) BzM -3
.h

BR jgC ? ?jrA (AgG)
.h
fM -4

(AgG)
N-5
.BRI
g \y ?DUB
MDM
139
ZA AfA
:iBM

JA
:BNA
jA
XjbNmG-C
VA

102.{jM
SY
J
Aj G}-1

103.{BG
AzA
A C iBVM ACi AgG }-2

C oV
SY

.zA
oUG-3

B-4
.J NCi

j
AgG-5
C BA
fJA
Pj

BbA
:BNA
BJmB
VA
BA
BJ
Bj y-L
..........
jAfA

ifM-1

.jr
BC-2
NC
LBNA
...........

.BJV
OCi Q OCi...............-3

fA..................NMC-4
.A

orA..................NU-5
.B

:a NZM B LjC-X

V
104.{NBmi
C A}-1
SY

105.{Aj
hA
UjaC
gG A jv f}-2

NmC
SY OnU-3
.BYBMj
AjA

jA
.B
AgH OUja-4

a
LAVA
.LAvA
YekA AgG-5
G }-6
J AB
106.{J y
140
ZA AfA
jrA
BRA
pifA

THE TWENTY-EIGHTH LESSON

2-JA
jA
The Indeclinable Adverbs-2

C ,?rM
C)
,(?fM
C)-5
:Z
,BNmA
I
B
(C
oVM
C) :Z ,jrA

.(C M C ,oUC
C Where are you sitting? (And also

rM
C Where are you walking? fM

signifying) the meaning of a condition, as in: oUC
oVM
C Where you sit, I will sit;
C M C
Where you stand, I will stand.
5-(C C ) Where. Used to signify a place in the meaning of interrogation, as in:

,(fC fM N ,jBmC
jBnM
N) :Z ,Bjq Bl
:R ,BBNmA
(N)-6

N ?nA
.(?aC MD
G KhM N)
jBnM
N
When you
6-(N) When. For signifying time as a condition, as in: jBmC
fM
N
When you sit, I'll sit. (And it signifies) interrogation,
travel, I'll travel; fC
N
When will
KhM
When are you going to the market? ?aC MD
like: nA
N
G
your brother come?

,BY
:Z
)
C C (?OC
FU
) :Z ,AjJa C ,(fBa
BNm
()-7
.BY

FU

7-(
) How. For interrogation about the state (of something), as in: fBa

How did Khalid

come? Or (interrogative regarding) information, as in: ?OC
How are you? In other words, in what state.
141
ZA AfA

:Z
,BBNmA
Bl
.{fA
BC}
(BC)-8
) When. Signifying time as an interrogation, as in: {fA

"When is the
8-(BC
BC}
day of judgement."
107

B) :Z
,(N)_
BIAU
(h h)-9
h Afk OCi
C
(VA
fA
I

,VA
OA
f
C
I
C (?OCi B N) :B LAU
BG Ni

,()_
)
U
:B LAU
(B
h
NCi
B)
:Z
BIAU \u G fA
U
.B
B NCi B f
C (?Afk OCi B f
9-(h h) Since. In the meaning of the beginning (time) period as a reply (to a
h
word) like (N), as in: VA
Afk OCi B I haven't seen Zaid since Friday, in

B N
When did you not see (Zaid), meaning the
response to he who said: ?OCi
beginning period your seeing him was interrupted was Friday. (It signifies) the
meaning of (an entire) period, if it is an appropriate answer (to a word) like (),
NCi
B I have not seen him since two days, in reply to he who had
as in: B
h

said: Afk OCi
B f How much of a period (of time) is it that you haven't seen
Zaid? In other words, the total period (of time) that he had not seen him within is
two days.

(f
C BI
I
f)-10
jA

,(f)
(f
,B
(f)
BA) :Z

,f ,f) PB .(f f) g jNr
,f ,f ,f
,izZA jNr
.(f
) With, as in: f
f
BA
) In front of. In the meaning of (f
10-(f
The money is
before you. The difference between the two is that (f) signifies a place and
f
).
presence (izY) is not conditional in it. That (presence) is conditional in (f

,f
,f
).
In (these words) are variations in language: (f ,f ,f ,f
B) :Z
,A
NCi

.(
()-11
yB

B I have never seen.

11-() Never. For the negated past-tense, as in: OCi

,A
.AfIC A (~
IjyC
JNn
) :Z
(~)-12
142
ZA AfA
) Never. For the negated future, as in: ~

I will never hit him,
IjyC
12-(~
meaning forever.
Z ,\NA
Ah} :BM
OyC AgG C A
BFI kBU U G jA

h)
R
,{fu eBvA

.(hY

Ljy
R)
,fk Ljy
B R OIjy
C j
NIjy
:M (C C B) (j
h

C R
B
,fk
.(M
Know that when adverbs are annexed to a sentence, it is permissible to construct them

based on Fath,
Ah} "This is the day
as in His, the Exalted's saying: {fu eBvA
their truth shall benefit the truthful ones."
108
A day when...; hY
A time
(Also) like: h
when...

C j
I struck him other than that (manner)
NIjy
the likeness of what Zaid struck; fk Ljy

which Zaid struck; M C R B
My standing is similar to that (manner) you stand.

B R OIjy
I struck
Likewise, is (j
R) when used with (C ,C ,B). You would say: fk Ljy

:ubA

jA
:JA
I

C)-5
(C

(N)-6

()-7

(BC)-8

(h
h)-9
f)-10

(f

()-11

(~)-12
143
ZA AfA

:mC

?(C
eAjG
C) NnM -1
.RC
g jgC

g \y ?(h
.RDI
,h ,BC ,) NnM DI-2
h)_
R-3
(h
U
.fA
I

f)
B-4
R ?B ?(f
.h

R
,g
`jqG ?(f) (f f) I jA B-5
.
,)
N-6
NnM

?(~

R ?\NA
.h
jA JM N-7

,R)
?(C C B) (j
Y B-8
:iBM

: B jA XjbNmG-C

KhM C-1
N
?MDM

.re
G jBm h NCi B-2

-3
h
.BNm
BIBN
jNqC

?xBui
-4
f
C
-5
.~
B-6
MCj
.

?BY -7
144
ZA AfA

U
:f
jA NmG-L

BNA

,C
,f ,h , ,N
,
.C

:BNA
BJmB
PBAjA
Bj y-X
KhM...............-1
.KgC
B-2
.........Nm

?aC BY......................-3

LBN..................-4
?

-5
.BAj...........mifA
fBqC
haE
.............LBNA
-6

A
109.{\NA
jv FU............}-7

:MD
B LjC-e
j
B B}-1
110.{Ah C

BnA
Dn}-2
111.{BBmj
BC

.BC
QQ h pif NCi B-3
B }-4
gG f
O
112.{C

R
Bj
.
OCi B-5
145
ZA AfA
pifA
jrA
mBNA

THE TWENTY-NINTH LESSON
v FJA
mA
LAjA
- YA
:MBbA
j
BYC jBm
THE CONCLUSION: The Various Rules Of The Noun And Its Related Matters: Non
Declinable Words and Fixed Construction.
In (the conclusion) there are a number of sections:
vA

jNA
jNA
:A
THE FIRST SECTION: The Definite And Indefinite Noun
j
:n
.j
mA
The noun is of two kinds: Definite and Indefinite:

,
:BnC
6q f mA ,jA-C
Nm G nM

PAjzA-1
A-2

,PBJA-3
PuA
PAiBqA
FmC C

BI
jA-4

BzA-5
G
BfYC

EfBI
jA-6
146
ZA AfA
a) Definite (jA
). It is a noun signifying something specific and it is divided into six
categories:
) Pronouns.
1- (PAjzA
) Proper Names.
2-(A
) Inexplicit Nouns, meaning Demonstratives (PAiBqA) and Relative

3-(PBJA
).
Nouns (PuA
) A noun defined with the Definite Article (jNA

4-(BI jA
A)

) The Mudaf
BzA
5-(BfYC
G
(annexed) to one (of its two kinds)
) A noun defined with the Vocative Particle

6-(EfBI
jA

:Z
BC)
Q ,(OC)
Q ,(Z
,KBbA
,KBA
:Z ,NA jzA
iBA
jC

j
,fYA
yI
:Z
BN SZI
6r y B ,A Q ,() :Z

Q ,(UjA)
,Ah) :R ,PBJA Q ,(fk)
:R ,BI
jA Q ,BZ (hA

Q ,G
BzA
BzA

LBN)
:R ,
,(fm
ByG
BfYC
G

.E
B) :R ,EfBI
jA
F 6r (Ui
BC
The best known of the definite nouns are pronouns of the first-person, as in:Z

I and We. Then, the second-person, as in: OC You. Then, the third-person, as in:
He. Then, the Proper Name, and it is that which is coined for something specific
whereas another does not take it as a single coinage, as in: fk Zaid. Then, the
Inexplicit Nouns, like: hA

Ah This and He who, and similar to these two. Then, the

like: UjA
noun defined with Lam,
The man. Then, the Mudaf
(annexed) to one of its
A book of Zaid. It is the

LBN
two (types) as an Idafah
related to meaning, like: fk
strengthening of the Mudaf

Ilaihi. Then, the noun defined with the Vocative

Particle, like: Ui B O man! (spoken) for something specific.

Ui
.(pj
) :Z ,
j
6r y B ,jA-L

b) Indefinite (jA
A
). That which is coined for something non-specific, as in: Ui
A horse.
man; pj
147
ZA AfA
eAfA
FmC
:BRA
vA
THE SECOND SECTION: Numbers

f
y B ,efA
FqA
eBYE

mG
Numbers are that which is coined to signify the quantity of units of things.
BNmA
.(C B ,jr G...fYA)

fYA
jr
BNQA
efA
FmC
uC

AfYA
Ui
QA
,pBA
SA FNA
fI
M ,FNBI
jhA C
Ui
CjA ,QA
.NQ
NQA MCjA fYA
The foundation of numbers are twelve words: one through ten, one-hundred and
one-thousand. One and two are used according to (common) rules, meaning the
while the feminine is with the (Feminine) Ta.
masculine is found without the (Feminine) Ta

Ui
Two men. In women: fYA
One man; QA
You would say: fYA
CjG One woman;
Ui
Two women.
MCjG
NQA
NQ

,pBA
QQ
G
,(BUi
BUi
QQ)
:M
,FNBI
jh
C
a
jr G
jr

jr
S
.(n
TQ) :M ,BfI
G n
From three to ten is in variance to the (common) rule, meaning it is masculine with the

You would say: BUi
(Feminine) Ta.
Ten men.
QQ Three men...to BUi
jr

,CjA
jr NQA ,CjA jr fYG ,Ui jr QG ,Ui jr fYC) :M jrA
fI

jr
TQ ,Ui jr
jr
nM G Ui jr
nM G
QQ
CjA
.(CjA

After ten, you say: Ui
jr fYC Eleven men; Ui
jr QG Twelve men; CjA
jr fYG Eleven

women; CjA
jr NQG Twelve women; Ui jr
QQ Thirteen men;

CjA
jr TQ Thirteen
Nineteen men and CjA

jr
Nineteen women.
jr
nM
nM
women... until: Ui
148
ZA AfA

,CjA
fYA
Ui

nM

.CjA

nM
G j
I
,CjA
jr ,Ui jr) :M g fI

,EUi
nM G CjA jr fYG ,Ui jr

nM
F nM

CjA
jr Twenty women, without any

difference until Ui nM Ninety men. (You'd say:) Ui jr fYA
Twenty-one men and

CjA jr fYG Twenty-one women until: Ui nM nM Ninety-nine men CjA
nM nM

After that you'd say: Ui
jr Twenty men and
Ninety-nine women.

:ubA

U
:n
G
mA
n
.YA
mA
BYC

BnA G
,
:BNA
6r y mA :jA-C
nM
jzA-1
A-2

PBJA-3

BI
jA-4

BzA-5
G
BfYC

EfBI
jA-6

6r
y mA :jA-L
.
j

mG :efA
jr BNQA uC ,FqA
.
eBYE
f

mG

,FNA
BNmA
(10-3) ,FNBI
pBA
(2,1)
SA
fI
jhA
.pBA
a
149
ZA AfA

:mC
BnC
B-1
?mA

,jA
ef
RC
eAjG
.f

BBnC
j-2

B-3
.B R
?jA

?uC B ?efA
B-4
mA
-5
?(2,1) AefA
Nn
jgC-6
.(10-3) eAfA
BNmA

fI
?jrA
efA Nn -7

jhA
?B SA
I j fU ?jrA
fI eAfA NnM -8
:iBM

PAjA
: B
XjbNmG-C
iBA

PCj-1
LBN
AjVA
.Fn

A
G
.mifA
FU-2

.YBnA
Ui OCi-3

mBI
.j
f Z-4
-5
KMB
.jq

ha Ui
.fI
B-6

B OjNqG-7
.AffU
150
ZA AfA
:MD
B rA JyA
efA efA KNC-L
;JB19 ; 143 ;Ui 21 ;BN 12 ;i 7 ;LBN 3 ; 16 ;Fn 4 ;Ui 5
.JJ 15 ;pf 14

:MD
B LjC-X
vA-1
.fA
e

113.{Nig
vA

UA
Li}-2

114.{C
N
f
EjA Ah G}-3

jr BQA vA -4
.BJB
mifA
LBI-5
.
151
ZA AfA
QRA
pifA

THE THIRTIETH LESSON
efA
FmC
I
The Remaining Numbers
Ui
:M
B)
BNB ,CjA C Ui
C ,CjA B Ui
BC ,CjA BNB Ui
jhA
A eAk AgH ,SA
B pB Nn BA
I
j
I
(CjA
BC

.Oj

C One-thousand women; Ui
One-thousand men and CjA
BC Two-thousand men and BC
Two-thousand women, without any difference between the masculine and feminine.
CjA
B One-Hundred women; Ui
You would say: Ui
C
B One-Hundred Men and CjA
When the number increases above a thousand and a hundred, it is used according to the
rules with which you are acquainted.

A fM
:M ,PAjrA
B A f)
,Ui
jr fYA
eBYA BA
BQA B
na
,Ui
jr
IiC
B
E
TQ BC
Jm
IiC
,(Ui
g
.pBA
The thousands precedes
the hundreds and the ones precedes the tens, you would
say:

TQ BC
Ui jr fYA
B C f
With me are 1,121 men; Ui jr BQA
2,322
B

Jm E
men; Ui
IiC na B
4,745 men. Based on that are the (remaining)
IiC
rules.

jg
QA
C A
:M B ,B
efA
lA
Nn
B l
fYAA
BC ,(Ui

.l
Ui
f)
jBm
B fI eAfA
Know that the numbers one and two have no Mumayyiz because the word of the

Mumayyiz is free of need in mentioning a number in one and two, as you'd say: Ui
f

With me is a man and Ui
Two men. Regarding the remaining numbers, then they
require a Mumayyiz.
152
ZA AfA

AgG G
B
lA
,(n
TQ
BUi
QQ) :M ,V ~b jrA G QRA l

C PB
TQ)
TQ
,BA

,(B
.
pBA
:M ,Aej Byb hZ
The Mumayyiz of the numbers three through ten are genitive and plural, you could say:

TQ
BUi
Three women, except when the Mumayyiz is the word
QQ Three men and n
TQ Three-hundred,
one-hundred. At that time, it is genitive and singular, you'd say: B

TQ Three-hundred or
while the rule is: PB
TQ .

nM
,CjA
jr fYG Ui jr fYC) :M ,ej Lv ,nM
G jr fYC l

nM nM Ui nM nM
.CjA

and CjA
jr fYG Eleven women; Ui
nM nM 99 men and CjA
nM nM 99 women.
jr
fYC Eleven men
The Mumayyiz of 11 to 99 are accusative and singular, you'd say: Ui

:M ,ej ~b A U BNRM
B ,Ui
BNB Ui
B)
C B l
QQ ,Ui
E
QQ
,CjA
BC
CjA
C
,Ui
BC
Ui
C ,CjA BNB CjA
E
.g o ,CjA
The Mumayyiz of one-hundred, one-thousand, their dual (200, 2000) and plural of a
thousand are singular, genitive words, you'd say: Ui

BNB 200 men;
B 100 men and Ui
B
BNB
CjA
100 women and CjA
200 women; Ui
BC 2000 men;
C 1000 men and Ui

C 1000 women and CjA
BC 2000 women; Ui
E
CjA
QQ 3000 men and CjA
QQ
E
3000 women, and continue the rules based upon that.

:ubA

fYAA
Bj
fI .QA
lA
I
jg
lM
Nn :efA

efA

.B
lA
jg

efA
eAfA

,BA

B AgG G
lA
hY
G QRA lA
V ~b jrA

,AijV
(99-11)_ lA
ej
.Lv
Aej

A
ej
.ijV
lA
A BA
U BNRM
153
ZA AfA

:mC

SY BA
jhNA
?SDNA
A I j B -1

R ?JMj BiA KNM -2
.h

fYAA
jh
?QA
lA
efA
-3

lA
B-4
fI
?BA
LAjG

nM
?(nM
G...jr
fYC) efA
l
LAjG B-5
:iBM

:h
l
BNA
KmB
eAfA KNC-C
700 ,62 ,16 ,14 ,1109 ,698 ,124

ihA
:BNA
l
Aef KNC-L
VA
BJmB

................OjNqG-1

PjBm-2
.f...........G

.BJB..........FU-3

.JNA
BIBN............PhaC-4

.LBNA
Ajm................OJN-5
154
ZA AfA

BJmB
y-X
:BNA
Al
VA
OZBu-1
...............jr

.................jr fYC Om-2

OC-3
......................Nm

................QQ
.fzA
Oy-4

....................C
.iBrA
PfBq-5

:MD
B LjC-e

OjNqG-1
.AjNe
na

.Bm
jr Jm ONqG-2
OC-3
.NYBM

B
fYA
115.{fU

B
AfUB}-4

116.{BJ
jr fYC OCi G}-5
155
ZA AfA
QRA
eBZA
pifA

THE THIRTY-FIRST LESSON

SDNA
vA
jhNA
:SBRA
THE THIRD SECTION: The Masculine And Feminine

jhA
C B SDNA
B SA
.bI
.AjfM
S BG jh BG mA

The noun is either masculine (jhA
) or feminine (SA
). The feminine is that which has a
feminine sign, literal or estimated. The masculine is at variance with the feminine.

: SDNA
PB

:Z ,FNA-1
.B

:Z
.JY
,ivA A-2

,efA
EjY
:Z
.Eu
A-3
The feminine signs are:
) Ta,
as in: B
1. (FNA
.
Fatimah

A
Hubla
2. (ivA
as in: JY
.
) Alif-Maqsurah,

Hamra;
Eu Safwa.
A
3. (efA
as in: EjY
) Alif-Mamdudah,

if
BUi

if
,jvNA
:Z
FNA
,FNA
G
SDNA
PB
.je (iAe) ;ziC (~iC)

An evidence of the Ta
being
None of the feminine signs are estimated except Ta.
estimated is its return to the diminutive form, as in: ziC

(iAe) Little
Little earth (~iC ); je
house.
156
ZA AfA

B

Y
G
jg
BG SA
kBV
,(B
CjA)_
,AZA
AkHI
B

SA
G
,) :Z ,ZA
f .(
fmC
AgG A
.Bf
BYC
Oj

bI
), it is that which has as its opposite a

The feminine noun is either a True Feminine (Y
A woman; B A she-camel. Otherwise, it is a Figurative

male among animals, like: CjG

A spring.
Feminine (kBV
Darkness;
) in variance with the True Feminine, as in:
You have become familiar with the rules of the verb, when it is attributed to a feminine
(subject), the verb does not reference (the feminine subject).
:IAjA

RA
vA
THE FOURTH SECTION: The Dual

mG :RA
ZC
B BMA ej f ,in ,BJ B `N F C C jaFI

Ah .AjU
,
.\ZvA
BJv (Ui)
Bi (Ui)
:Z
attached to its end with the (consonant) preceding it

The dual is a noun having Alif and Ya
is (vowelled) with Kasrah, in order to signify two
vowelled with Fathah
and the Nun

members in agreement, literally and in meaning, as in: Ui
Two men (nominative); Ui
Two men (accusative, genitive). This is in the sound noun.

,uC
(Av)
:Z
G
ei
,QRA
(AA)
BJ
(A)
B
H
,ivA
BC
BJ

BJ
C ,QRA
B G ,(v)
jRA
C (F)
(A)

,(F)
BYi)
.(BiBJY
B
:Z
K
,6q
in the three-lettered word,

Regarding the Maqsur
noun, if the Alif is converted from Waw
). If the Alif is converted from Ya,
the Alif will return to its origin, as in: Av

Two staffs (v
in most three-lettered words, or it is not converted from anything, it will be converted to
as in: BYi
Ya,
Two places of amusement; BiBJY
Two Bustards (a
Two hand-mills; B
bird).
157
ZA AfA

G ,(AAj)
OB
Ml OB H ,efA mA
:Z ,OJRM (Aj) :Z ,uC
BC
kBU uA

,BUA
(F) C (A)
:Z ,AA KM SDN
fI OB G (AAjY)

.(AAei
,ABn)
:Z
,AAei
,ABn
noun, if its Hamzah is original, it remains fixed, as in: AAj

Regarding the Mamdud
Two
). If the Hamzah is for the feminine, it is converted to Waw,

as in: AjY
reciters (Aj
Two
or Ya
from its origin, two perspectives
red (things). If the Hamzah is substituted for Waw
); AAei
are permissible, as in: ABn
,ABn
Two garments (Bn

).
,AAei
Two cloaks (Aei

hY
RNA
vbA
SDNA

FM hZM
f
(fk B FU)
:M ,ByA
KV
(BC Bva)
,BkN B
A
BD
A
6q RM
.Xk

:M ,uBa
fYA
iBnA
G RA ByG fiC AgG
,VA
I A
:BM
jJ ,RA

B
g ,{BfC
AB
iBnA
Aj
BNUA
.
BBvMA B NRNA
The two
B FU
of the dual is required with an Idafah,
Elision of the Nun
you'd say: fk

is elided in (vbA
servants of Zaid came. The Feminine Ta
) Testicles, and (A
) Buttock,

) in particular, you'd say: Bva

and (A
and BC
, because they are inseparable. It is as like
they are the doubling of one thing, not pairs.
When you desire to annex one dual to another
designate the first with the
dual, you
"And as for the man who
plural, like the saying of the Exalted: {BfC

AB iBnA
iBnA
}
steals and the woman who steals, cut off their hands..." 117 That (rule) is due to the dislike
of combining two duals in that which both are in agreement, literally and in meaning.

:ubA

,AjfM
B :jhA
iBr
,(h)_I
bI

G
C B SDNA
B :SA
mA

iBr
.(Ah)_I G

ZC
mG :RA
mA
FA J B \N in F C ,in C jaFI
I I j

f RNA
.ByA

hY KV
.VA
158
ZA AfA

:mC
R
?jhA

B-1
mA
.

R
,SA
BnC
ef
.
mA
j-2

jgC ?RA B-3
.RC

R
-4
R ?A
QRA
ivA
C hA
.h
J
OJRM
lA
N-5

?efA
RA

AgG (A)
J
\y ?QRA
ivA R -6
B
C
(F)
C hA
jRA

.BRI
g

R ?RA G yC AgG RA jJ -7
.h
:iBM

jhA
SA
:BNA
VA RA ejA XjbNmG-C
VA

AfA
.mifA
FU-1

YBm
.iAfA
A
OCi-2
Ah-3
KB
.g

BNA-4
.BC fBnM
BIj
.BeC
AIA-5
}-6
yj
PAfAA
118.{B
eC
Y

Z
.nA
Kg-7
G
159
ZA AfA

:MA
FmA Q-L

,EjY
FQ ,ju
,v ,EY ,EjZu ,FI ,Ejza

:MD
B LjC-X
.B
KB
BJr
B-1
KB
119.{BjVM
B}-2
B

:Ui
B
.B
|J
KZ
-3
-4
YBm
.Ejza
OJA

-5
B BnM
.J
160
ZA AfA
QRA
BRA

pifA
THE THIRTY-SECOND LESSON

:oBbA
VA
vA
THE FIFTH SECTION: The Plurals
jRD
ej
QQ

f
mG :VA
jNI
:
eBYA

,Ui
U
n
U
BUi
.n
:Z ,-1

C ,()
() BzC ej H (fmC) k
k
_
() :Z ,jfM-2
G
ej
k
()_ BuC
zA
_
nA
ejA
() VA

BU
ej
eU
.
A :R
f
.Byj
VA
Plurals are nouns signifying three and more units with a change in its singular form.
Plurals are either:
.
1-Literal (
), as in: BUi Men, the plural of: Ui
2-Estimated (jfM
), as in: Ships, on the pattern of: fmC Lions. Its singular is also
() but it is on the pattern of (), in other words, the plural in () is on the

in the singular are both
pattern of its singular, but the Dammah
and Sukun
original, like () while in the plural, they are both incidental. Based upon this,
People, it is not a plural due to the lack of

and an example like (the word) A
existence of its singular.
161
ZA AfA

VA
:n
Q

:Z

,ej
,\Zv-C
B
FI jN
.(n)
,ej
,jn-L

B
FI jM
.(BUi)
:Z

Bm
.Bm
S
jh
:n
\ZvA
The plural, then, is of two kinds:
) Sound. It is that noun which does not alter the construction of its singular,
1-(\Zv
Muslims.
as in: n
in: BUi Men.
) Broken. It is that noun which does alter the construction of its singular, as
2-(jn
):
S
) and Feminine Sound (Bm
The sound plural is of two kinds: Masculine (Bm
jh

,YN
,BnA
jhA-1

Z B
:Z
,BJ B z (A) jaFI

:Z
,YN
.(n)
,BJ B in (F) C ,(n)

A ABI (
JQ
yiC
,m)

.gBr
BC

) Masculine Sound Plural. It is that noun having Waw,

the consonant
1-(BnA
jhA

Maftuhah,
before it being Madmum,

attached to its end (with) Nun
as in: n

the letter preceding being Maksur
(with) Nun
Maftuhah,
Muslims. Or (it has) Ya,

as in: n
Muslims.
JQ
yiC
m
, with Alif and Nun,
they, are
Regarding their saying:
exceptions.
.FNA
jhA
VA
jNr
Ba
B
B C-BmA B G-BnA
jh

C-jg
B G

LBI
, ,C
:Z
ByG-
jNr u B G

,(EjY)
R
:Z
R
,(
,(jm)
,)
B
(Ajm)
(jYC)
jhA
,ByBI
,SA
:Z
Nn

hY KV
:Z

(\jU
iJu)
n)

.\ZvA
Ah (jv
162
ZA AfA
Conditional in the masculine sound plural, if it is a name, that it be a proper name

If it is an adjective, in addition
for the rational male, devoid of the (Feminine) Ta.
to that which has been mentioned,
it is conditional that it not be from the
. Nor (the patterns): ,

patterns: ,BC, as in: jYC Red, its feminine is: EjY
. Nor from (the patterns) whose

, as in: Ajm Drunk, its feminine is: jm
Patient; \jU
masculine and feminine are the same, as in:iJu
Injured. It is
n
(of the plural) with Idafah,
required to elide the Nun
as in:jv
The Muslims of
Egypt. This is in the sound noun.
hZM
B J ,C
ivA ,(Ai yB) :Z ,F hZN xA BC

:R
,hZA
f
BYN BJ
.(v)
A
is elided (when forming the plural), as in:
noun, its Ya
Regarding the Manqus
Judges; Ai
Shepards. The Maqsur
yB
noun elides its Alif while whatever

in order to indicate the elided Alif, like: v
precedes (the Alif) remains Maftuh
Those selected.

ZC
u
SA-2
C-jh
,FM
C
jaFI
B ,BnA
B G-jq

jh
,A
jh
G ,(PBn)
:Z
C jr
ABI
U
f

,FNA
|BY)
:Z
V H BmA B G ,(BZA
BR
BI
AejV
:Z
,jq
I FNA
.(PAf)

are attached.
2-Feminine Sound Plural. It is that noun at whose ending Alif and Ta
Its condition is, if it is an adjective having a masculine form, that its masculine
and Nun,
as in: PBn
form is made plural with Waw
Muslim women. If it does not
have a masculine form, its condition is that its feminine form not be a feminine
as in: |BY
devoid of the (Feminine) Ta,
Menstruating woman; BY
Pregnant
without any
woman. If it is a name, it may be made plural with Alif and Ta
condition, as in: PAf Hinds.
163
ZA AfA
jnA VA BC
QRA
Nv
:Z ,BnBI
jM ,Jz j jR

,(B)
UiC)
(AfU
jBU)
:Z
k
QRA
j
(L
pAjyC
jU)
.jvNA
Oj
B ,BmB (fU
U

Regarding the Broken Plural, its forms in the three-letter
noun are numerous and
irregular, known by usage, as in: UiC Legs; pAjyC Molars; L Hearts. In the
non-three-letter noun, (the broken plural is) on the pattern of (B

), as in: jBU

, according to the rule, as
Small rivers; AfU
and: fU
Tables, the plural of: jU
you were made familiar with in Tasreef.
:n
BzC jnA VA C A

B , U-1
U IC
,Be B jrA
BC C) :A

N
BC jqC)

.(fC
:Z ,(C

jrA
Af B NIC

Nn .IiA h
B B ,jR U-2
nDI
vIjN
PBA
}
:BM
Z
,j
jaA
y

.(AjC) eU
{j QQ
Know that the Broken Plural is also of two kinds:

1-(A
U) Plural of Smallness. It is that which is applied to ten and less. The

as in: ,BC ,jqC

constructions of the Plural of Smallness are: C
, ,BC ,C
,N
.
fC

2-(jRA
) Plural of Abundance. It is that which is applied to that which is above
U
ten. Its constructions are patterns beside these four (previously mentioned).
Each of the two are used in place
other with an indicator, as in His, the
of the
PBA
QQ nDI
Exalted's saying: {j
} "And the divorced women
vIjN
should keep themselves
in waiting for three courses..."
existence of (AjC).
164
120
along with the
ZA AfA

:ubA

QQ

e B :VA
.jRD
B MBnM
:MD
-C
,-1

.(BUi)
:Z

.() :Z
,jfM-2
-L
.ej

,\Zv-1
B
FI jN
:n

F
B
:BnA
jhA
C ,YN
VA-C
Z
A jaFI

:Z
,n)
,YN
.(n
VA-L
B
,FM
:BnA
SA
C jaFI
:Z
Z
.(PBn)

,ej
FI jM B ,jn-2
:n
.(BUi)
:R

B jrA
U-1

.Be
B ,A

.jrA
B B jRA
U-2

oBI
A
eU
U Nn f
.j
y
f
jRA

:mC

R
?n
Bn
?VA B-1
.
B ?\ZvA
VA

B-2
g \y ?BnC
.RDI

R
jq
jhA VA B-3
.
jgC ?V ?BnA
-4
VA
R
?BnA
J
SA
165
ZA AfA
R
,jnA
j-5
VA
.

.RC
U B-6
BAkC I ?jRA
U B ?A

?jRA
U Nn -7
y
.BRI
A
g \y ?N
:iBM

VA
-C
:BNA
VA
LAjA
OB}-1
121.{BE
ZUBA

Oj-2
.vA

KNA OjNqG-3

.JNA
vA
-4
ef
jJ
.hNA

n
-5
.PBIh

:BNA
FmA UG-L

,J
,Ui
,JAg
,Yi ,Jn ,KMB
,pf
,nBU
,

,Z
Bm ,mif ,pie ,LBN ,f

BU aeC-X
:BNA
PBAjA
BJmB
Ah-1

.jU............

.jA
...............OJMi-2
..............PFU-3
.mifA
G................jBm-4
.eAfI

G Jh................-5
.YBnA
166
ZA AfA

:MD
B LjC-e

122.{B
AjUC j
PBZBvA
A f}-1
A
AE hA

bJA-2
.LA
BU
Bn
eA-3

B
.JNA

iBVA
NC
rN
.jBnA
-4

PFU-5
.JA
PBBI
167
ZA AfA
pifA
QRA
SBRA

THE THIRTY-THIRD LESSON
:peBnA

ifvA
vA
THE SIXTH SECTION The Masdar

mG :ifvA
.R (jvA
LjzA) :Z ,BA Nr , TfZA
f

NIC
,mB
.BnBI
jM
QRA
j
:Z
,Jz
j
ejVA
QRA

BA)
BA
.(....A
,BNmA
The Masdar
is a noun signifying action only. Verbs are derived from the Masdar,
as in:
LjzA
Striking; jvA
Helping, for example. The Masdar's
construction from three-lettered
words is irregular and known by usage. From the non-three-lettered words, (its

construction is) according to rules, as in: ...A
,BNmA
,BA
,BA
.

G B
,Bk
,
B G ifvA
:Z
B
j
C

B
fm
jv) :Z ,BfN B G BzC I Kv
,(fk B JVC)
.(z

G .(j
ifvA
kV
B
Ljy
Afk
JVC)
:B ,ifvA
fM

Lv
H
,(Aj

(OIjy)_I
BIjy OIjy) :Z ,J hA
B B
(Aj)

.(BIjy)_I
Mutlaq,
If the Masdar
is not the Maf'ul
it governs with the government of its verb, meaning
B JVC
it gives the nominative state to its subject, if it is intransitive, as in: fk
The
standing of Zaid amazed me. The Masdar
also gives the accusative state to its simple

jv Sa'eed's helping of 'Ali is a virtue.
object (I ), if it is transitive, as in: z
B
fm
168
ZA AfA
It is not permissible to advance the word governed by the Masdar

before the Masdar.
Then, you would not say: j

'Amr 's striking of Zaid amazed me. If the
Ljy Afk JVC

Mutlaq
Maf'ul
(is advanced), then it governs with the government of the verb preceding it,

) not
as in: Aj BIjy OIjy I struck 'Amr a strike. Therefore, (Aj
) is accusative due to (OIjy
).
due to the Masdar
(BIjy

A
mA :IBnA
vA
mA BA
THE SEVENTH SECTION: The Active and Passive Participles
:BA
mG

C)
I
A
A

.(
TfY
,TfZA
I
B
f () Nr mG
k

,BA
u
(juB
:Z
k
ejVA
j
B)
QRA
Nu
,jaA
:Z
af)
J
B
jn
,iBzA
jY
B
z
I
A
g iBzA
.(XjbNn

The Active Participle
(The Active Participle) is derived from () in order to signify the one who establishes an
action, in the meaning of the occurrence (of an action), meaning the occurrence of an
action from (that which the Active Participle represents). The Active Participle is taken
from the three-letter verb on the pattern of (B
(The one) standing; juB
), as in: B
Helper. In other than the three-letter verb, its form is on the pattern of the present-tense
verb form of that verb with Meem vowelled with Dammah
in the place of the Particle of
the Present-Tense (iBzA

jY) and the vowel Kasrah placed upon that consonant before
its end, as in: af

Inside, entering; XjbNn
Extractor.

:Z
B
G A

,CfNJA
B
AfN
fm)

BZA
,BJNmA

FU)
,BZA
C) :Z
,BNmA
l
C
,(B
IC
AjuB
fm
:Z
g
C
,(IC

,A
Ui
:Z ,u C ,(Af C A fm
B
B) :Z
juB
f)
C ,(?fm
jY

IC
.(B
169
ZA AfA
The Active Participle governs with the government of a verb, if it has the meaning of the

), as in: IC B
present and future tense and is supported by the Subject (CfNJA
fm
Sa'eed's father is standing. Or (it is supported) by the (word associated with) the Hal
( g

FU
BZA
IC AjuB
Sa'eed came to me as a helper of his father 'Ali. Or (it is
fm
), as in: B

BC
supported by) the Interrogative Hamzah (BNmA
Is Sa'eed standing?
l), as in: fm

Or (supported by) the Particle of Negation (A
jY), as in: Af A
fm
B Sa'eed is not
B
standing now or tomorrow

. Or (it is supported by) a noun modified (by an adjective)

(uA), as in: B
IC juB
With me is a man helping his father 'Ali.
Ui f
:Z
B
H

fm
,ByA
yBA
juB
.Aj
B AgG Ah ,(oC

fk)
OJU

BI
fm)
IC juBA
:Z ,kA
U
Nn
C Af C A
B
Bj
B
AgG
BC

.VA
(oC
If the Active Participle signifies the meaning of the past-tense, Idafah
is required, as in:
juB
fk Zaid was Sa'eed's helper yesterday, this is when the Active Participle is
oC fm
indefinite.
As for when
the Active Participle is defined with Lam,
then all tenses are equal, as in:

fm
Sa'eed is the helper of his father 'Ali now or tomorrow or
oC C Af C A B IC juBA
yesterday. Therefore, it governs (like a verb) in all situations.
A
mG

mG
Nr
A

f fNA VA
.A
iBzA

C (Ljz) :Z ,B () k
Nu
)
:Z ,AjfM
QRA
ejVA

F
j
af)
mB
(Ej
.(XjbNn
:Z ,jaA
BA
J B \NI iBzA

VA

:Z ,BA
C A
IC iv fm)
mA
ihA
AjrBI

.(Af
170
ZA AfA
The Passive Participle

(The Passive Participle) is a noun derived from the passive-voice present-tense transitive
verb in order to signify the one upon whom an action has occurred.
) literally, as in:
Its form is taken from the three-letter primary verb on the pattern of (
F Aim, extent.
Struck. Or (its pattern is) estimated, as in:
(Words) spoken; Ej
Ljz
From other than the three-letter verb, it is like the Active Participle (in that it is derived
from the) present-tense verb (except) with Fathah
placed on the consonant before its
end, as in: af Entrance, entered; XjbNn Extracted.

The Passive Participle governs with the government of the passive-voice
verb with the

conditions mentioned for the Active Participle, as in: Af C A IC iv fm
Sa'eed helped
his father now or tomorrow.

:ubA

G I A
mG :ifvA
ifvA . TfZA
Kv
BA
jI
f
kV ,B

.
fM

I

,PJRA
A
ifu
Nr
,TfZA
mG :BA
iBzA
f
mG

B
AgG
,BZA
g
C
,CfNJA
AfN
,BJNmA
C
BZA
I
A
C
jNr BI Bj BA
C ,A
C ,BNmA
mA B G .uA
jY
l

.BJNmA
C
BZA
I

mG :A

Nr ,A
f
,VA
mG
jrBI

.BA
mA fNA
171
ZA AfA

:mC
R
?ifvA

B-1
.

R ?A
.h
ifvA N-2

?BfN
g `jqG
.RDI
Bk
ifvA -3

ifvA
.BRI
fN C kV -4
g \y ?

jgA
,BA
BRI
.f
Nu
mA j-5

BA
RC
jgC ?QRA
.h
mA
Bv -6
j
R ?A
.h
BA
mA
N-7
?BA
mA
N-8
ByG KVM

jgA
,A
RC
,ejVA
Nr
.f
QRA
mA j-9

A
j
?ejVA
QRA
mA Nr -10

.RC
g `jqG ?A
mA -11
A
:iBM

A
: B
mA BA

mA XjbNmG-C

fB
OCi-1
.JNA
JV-2
LeDNA

.mBI
iBbA-3
mj
.fI
KNA
.fA
XjbNn BRA
Ah-4

.oC
jBm-5
KmBZA

C-6
OC KMB
?vA

KAg
B-7
.Af C A
fm
172
ZA AfA

:BNA
PBAjA
BJmB
mA C B
mA C Aifv y-L
BA................-1
.Nk

................-2
.Kj................A

...............f-3
.YBnA

..................LBNA-4
.fzA

fm..................-5
?A

......................EfA-6

................A
....................`BJvA-7

:MD
B LjC-X

.Y Bv
KAi
fk-1

.lUBA
fU JA-2
ZA-3
F
.jMBm
jA
G-4
OZM Jb
.Bn

.u
hC B
Li-5

173
ZA AfA
pifA
QRA
IAjA

THE THIRTY-FOURTH LESSON

zNA
vA :BRA
vA
mA JrA
THE EIGHTH SECTION: The (Verbal) Adjective And The Superlative Noun

:JrA
vA
The (Verbal) Adjective
.PJRA
I
B
f k
I
Nr mG

jM-A
BVq Ku
nY) :Z ,BnBI
BA
mA
u
a
-BNu
.(g jq

B
M
.BA
B
jrI
eBNA
mA ihA

B
,uA
C OJv N ,vA
jy
BI Oi N
jy
B PijU

,a nY )
:R
,Ba nY
.(bA
nY
(The Verbal Adjective)123 is a noun derived from an intransitive verb in order to signify the
one who establishes an action with a meaning of permanence. Its pattern is at variance
with the pattern of the Active and Passive Participles, it is known by usage, as in: nY
Difficult; BVq Courageous; jq Noble; g Docile.

Good; Ku
The (Verbal) Adjective governs with the government of its verb, without exception, with
the condition of the dependencies previously mentioned in the Active Participle. When
you govern (another word) with the (Verbal Adjective) in the nominative state, there is no
pronoun in the adjective. When you make (the governed word) accusative or genitive,

then there is a pronoun of the modified-noun, like: a nY
'Ali is good in his character;
Ba nY
'Ali is good in character; bA nY

'Ali is good-natured.
174
ZA AfA

:zNA
mG
The Superlative Noun
eBlI
.j
uA
Nr mG
:Z ,K
zC )
I
o
ejV
QQ
G
J
,BJB
(C)
Nu
.(pBA

C KU BJ
f
B ejVA
J
B H
C B B C ,QRA
AfAk
QRA

fI
jh Q ,C jRA
BIv
BJA
:M B ,lNA
g
ifv
C
frA
BIAjyA
fqC
jRC ,BUj \JC ,jY C ,BUAjbNmA
.(fk
)

.(jqC ,qC ,ifC) :Z ,

FU f ,j B B C mB
(The Superlative Noun) is a noun derived from a verb in order to signify a modified-noun's

excess over other than it. Its form is (C
) mostly. It is only constructed from the primary
zC
three-letter verb (which is not related in meaning to) color nor defects, as in: pBA
'Ali is the most virtuous of people.
If (the verb) is more than three letters, or it is related (in meaning) to color or defects, it is
required to construct it from the primary three-letter (verb) that signifies exaggeration,
intensity or abundance, first. Then, place a Masdar
after it (derived) from that verb in the

accusative as a Tamyeez, as you would say: BUAjbNmA
fqC
He was worst in removing,

extracting; jY
C stronger in redness; BUj
\JC more horribly disabled and BIAjyA
jRC
more disturbed than Zaid. Its rule is that of the subject, as has passed. It (also) comes
fk
Most engaged; jqC
Most known.
Most solemn; qC
for the object, as in: ihC

QQ
:UC

BNmA

B)
fk)
:Z
:Z
,(A
zC
,BBz
zC
.(CjA
C-1

.(zA
fk) :Z ,BI
Bj C-2

C-3
fI MD
.(j
:Z ,()
zC fk)
175
ZA AfA
The Superlative is utilized in three manners:

zC
1) The Mudaf,
B
as in: A zC fi Zaid is the most virtuous of people; CjA

Fatimah
is the most virtuous of women.
as in: zA fk Zaid is the most virtuous.

2) It is defined with Lam,

3) The particle () is placed after it, as in: j
zC fk Zaid is more virtuous
than 'Amr.

IB
mA
kVM
B
jhNA
eAjA
,BI
kV
Bj G BzA B G A

flA
,A
AflA
,A
,A
zNA
zC
zC
zC
zC
fk)
:Z
,u

A
AfA
,A
A zC A z f ,A
zC A Bz
zC
KV j
,jhNA
PBz PAfA
zC A
eAjA
zC Ah)
:Z
B G .(A

.BUi
Ui
zC
In the first, the singular and masculine is permissible, if the Mudaf
Ilaihi is defined with
Lam,
just as it permissible for the Superlative Noun to agree
with the modified-noun, as

in: A zC fk Zaid is the most virtuous of people; A zC A zC AflA
The two Zaids
The Zaids are the most

zC A
zC flA
are the two most virtuous of people; A

A
zC

virtuous of people; A

z f Hind is the most virtuous of people; Bz AfA
PAfA

A
A
zC
The two Hinds are the most virtuous of people; A
zC
PBz
A
The Hinds is the most virtuous

of people. If it is indefinite, the singular and masculine are

required, as in: BUi
Ui zC Ah
zC
These (two) are the most virtuous of two men
and these are the most virtuous of men.

AflA
flA
,zA

.(zA
,zA
fk) :Z ,IBA KVM
BRA

AflA
zC

,j
,j
zC fk) :Z ,AfIC Ajh Aej KV

SBRA

,j
PAfA
AfA
f
zC
.(j
zC flA
176
ZA AfA

flA
The Zaids are the most virtuous.
The two Zaids are the most virtuous; zA
In the second, agreement is required, as in: zA fk Zaid is the most virtuous; zA

AflA

In the third, it is required that it is always singular and masculine, as in: j
zC fk

Zaid is more virtuous than 'Amr; j

zC AflA
Two Zaids are more virtuous than 'Amr;

j
The Zaids are more virtuous than 'Amr; j
zC PAfA
zC flA
f
AfA
Hind, the two Hinds and the Hinds are more virtuous than 'Amr.

g
QRA

,jzA
UA
mA
zNA
mA
,BA
jz
R

zNA
mA I
Ui
OCi B) :
\u AgG G uC jBA

OCi
B) :B
gG (nYC)_ B
nYC
ZA H ,(fk ZA
C \v

B ZA
Ui
nZ

nZ
.(fk
In the three manners (of usage), a pronoun is concealed in the subject and the
Superlative governs that pronoun. Originally, the Superlative does not govern an
apparent noun, except when it is permissible for a verb in the meaning of the Superlative

ZA

Ui

Noun to occur in its place like their saying: fk
OCi B I have
nYC
not seen a man with more excellent Kuhl
the eye of Zaid. Kuhl
in his eye than that in
is
the
nZ B ZA

subject like (nYC), when properly it is said: fk
nZ Ui OCi B I
have not a man with excellent Kuhl
in his eyes as is excellent in the eyes of Zaid.

:ubA

.PJRA
vI
BvMA
f kA
lA
A
Nr mG :JrA vA

M
.BA
jrI B
mA OfM

,u
Nu
j
f

A
uA
eBk
Nr mG :zNA
mG

I
(C)
G J
jrA
,BJB
QRA
jNM
o ,ejVA
AgH ,K

jh
fI
Q ,frA
C KV
B ejVA
BJA
J
ifv
f
QRA
ihA
BIv
zM
evA
.lNA
A

177
ZA AfA

C
C
C BI Bj C BBz BG zNA
zNA
,()
Nn

.uC jBA
mA

:mC

BR
jgA
.g \y

BBNqA
JrA vA j-1

?g
g `jqG
jq B ?B
JrA vA M N-2
.RC

.RDI
g \y ?jzA
vA NZM
N-3

.zNA
mA j-4

.BRI
-5
g \y ?zNA
mA u JM

R ?QRA
B G zNA
.h
mA u JM -6
AfAk

.RC
zNA
mA PBNmA
UC jgC-7
-8
?zNA
g `jqG
jz
.RC
mA BA
:iBM

:BNA
vA XjbNmG-C
mA JrA
VA

zNA

ByBI fqC
.j
Ah-1
,BaC nYC
.AeU jRC \Bu
fm-2

B
jn
Ku
m
.(jn
)-3
piBZA-4
.BVq

.jq
Ui IC-5
178
ZA AfA
u BNA
:zM
FmA
y-L
mA Jr
,jq
,
,j
,nY
a ,eU ,jR

MD
:VA
B
BJmB
zM
mA C Jr u y-X

............Ui aC-1

.BaC...........Ah-2

.mifA...............FU-3

...........G
PjBm-4
.re
fm-5
.............KB

.jnA..................OCi-6

:MD
B LjC-e

124.{nC
BI
C JA}-1

YiC
OC NYi
125.{YAjA
BaeC
}-2
fqC NA
}-3
126.{NA
A-4
iJu
.iq

.SJa
enY BA-5
179
ZA AfA
QRA
oBbA
pifA

THE THIRTY-FIFTH LESSON

jM
nA

Jm f ,A
:BRA
THE SECOND PART: The Verb, its definition has preceded

:QQ BnC
.yBA-1

.iBzA-2
.jA-3
The verb's types are three:
1-(yBA
) Past-Tense Verb.
2-(iBzA
) Present-Tense Verb.
) Command Verb.
3-(jA

j
jy

,AA
:Z
B G
:yBA

J Bk

G ,\NA
,jJbA
Bk
f

:Z

,nA
G
J
C (OIjy)

zA

,jZN

.(AIjy)
The Past-Tense
(The past-tense) is a verb signifying a time prior to the time of conversation. It is fixed (at
its ending) based upon Fathah,
if there is no vowelized nominative pronoun. Otherwise, it
I struck. Or (it is fixed) based upon Dammah, if it

as in: OIjy
is fixed based upon Sukun,
They struck.
as in: AIjy
were with Waw,
180
ZA AfA
:iBzA

jY
(MC)
mA
: B C
fYDI

Jr
:Z
Ljz)

,(XjbNn
,BNBm
.(XjbNn
:Z
BMBjY
BMG-1
LiBy)

Afk
.(B
G)
:M
B
(
Afk
G)
:M
,BC
fDNA
ae-2
.jZA
ef
BBnM-3

mA
Jr
,BiBz
m
h
,BA
mH
BJNmA
BZA
I
jNr
C

B

BIBr
.BA
C
m
The Present-Tense
) literally in its beginning, resembles

(The present-tense verb), with one of the letters (MC
the noun in:
The one
XjbNn
The one striking; XjbNn
He is removing s. th., then it is like: LiBy
He is striking;
1-Agreement in their vowelled and vowelless consonants, as in: Ljz
removing s.th.
of Emphasis (fDNA
2-The (correctness) of entering the Lam
) in its beginning,

Afk
you would say: Afk G
G
Surely Zaid is standing. Likewise, you'd say: B
Surely Zaid is standing.
3-Equality between them in the number of letters.
Likewise, the verb resembles the noun in meaning in that it shares (its meaning)
between the present and the future, like the Active Participle. Due to that it is
named Mudari',
in other words, resembling the Active Participle.

vvbM
YNA
A
,(Ljzm)
:Z ,BJNmBI
nA)
iBzA
(m
Bvvb
:Z
,BZBI
.(Ljz)

B C ,BIjA
:Z
,jYC
IiC
yB
iBzA
(XjYf)
B
jY
z
:Z
B YN
Ljz)
,Af
.(XjbNn
181
ZA AfA
He will strike.
) make the present-tense particular to the future, as in: Ljzm
) and (m
(nA
Surely he
vowelled with Fathah
The Lam
will make it particular to the present, as in: Ljz

is striking s.o.
The Particles of the Present-Tense are vowelled with Dammah
in the four-letter verb,
meaning in that which its past-tense has four letters, as in: XjYf
, and it is vowelled with
.
,Ljz
Fathah
in that which is aside from the four-letter verb, as in: XjbNn

FJA A
mA
gG g ,LAjA
uA
,mA
NIBr
uA C -IAjG

fDNA
U
AC .SA
i :QQ
LAjG
,lU
Kv
:Z
iBzA
I vNM

C jv)
jv
.(jv
with the rule in the verb being fixed-construction (at its ending) due to its
Its I'rab,
(at its end). That is when the
resemblance to the noun while the rule in the noun is I'rab
of Emphasis is not attached nor the Nun
of the feminine plural. The types of I'rab
Nun
of
C ,jv
the present-tense verb are three: nominative, accusative and jussive, as in: ,jv
.
jv

LAjG BuC
A
iBzA
of the Present-Tense Verb

Categories of I'rab

IiC
iBzA
:UC
A
LAjG
of the present-tense verb has four perspectives:
The I'rab
,nBI
ejBI
\ZvA
j
wNb
lVA ZNBI KvA zBI jA C :A
.(KN KN C KN) :Z ,JBbA

First: That it be nominative with Dammah,
accusative with Fathah
and Jussive with
Sukun.
This category is particular to the
sound verb other than the
singular,
second-person feminine, as in: KN ,KN C ,KN.
182
ZA AfA
jhA
RNBI wNb ,BhZI lVA KvA A

jA C :BRA
PJRI
VA

,
OC ,
,M
,M
B)
:M
,j
C
BZZu
JBbA
ejA

AM M ,M
,AM
.(M
accusative and jussive
Second: That it be nominative with the establishment of the Nun,
with (the Nun's)

elision. This category is particular to the dual, the masculine plural and
the second-person feminine singular, sound or otherwise, you would say:

M
,M ,M
B
OC , ,
,AM ,M ,M
,AM

,A
wNb
wBBI
hZI
lVA
ZNBI
KvA
zA
jfNI
jA C :SBRA

j
) :M ,JBbA
,l
,l
j
VA RNA
FA
AA
j
.(l
Third: That it be nominative with the estimation of Dammah,

accusative with Fathah
and
jussive with the elision of the final consonant. This category is particular to the Naqis
verb
and with Waw,
other than the dual, plural and second-person feminine, you would
with Ya

j

say: l j ,l
j
.
,l

,A
wNb
wBBI
hZI
lVA
ZNA
jfNI
KvA
zA
jfNI
jA C :IAjA

,n
RNA
) :Z
,JBbA
j
,n

VA
.(n
A
Fourth: That it be nominative with the estimation of Dammah,
accusative with the
estimation of Fathah
and jussive with the elision of the final consonant. It is particular to
the Naqis
verb with Alif, other than the dual, plural and second-person feminine, as in:

n
,n
,n
183
ZA AfA

:ubA

,QRA
kA
fYDI
jN
:A
.jA
iBzA
yBA
f
n
z
Bk
f
:yBA
.zA
A

jY
iBzA
mA
(MC)
Jr
,BJNmA
BZA
Bk
f
:iBzA
A
fYDI
,BiBz
h
wNb

,(m)
C (nA) Oae AgG BJNmBI
iBzA
A
m

Oae
.(YNA
A)
AgG BZBI
wNb

NIBr
iBzA
Lj
.mA
A

:mC
A
j-1
.yBA

N ?nA
J N-2
R ?zA
A
.h
yBA

?iBzA
B-3
Lj
?AgB ? C iBzA
A
A

LAjG
A
R ?iBzA
.h
B-4
?BiBz
m AgB-5
.BR
iBzA
A
g `jqG
eAjG
N-6
A
J

PB
.g RC
?iBzA

B-7
ejA
.RDI
g \y ?\ZvA
A
PB
LAjG
iBzA

.BhZI
lVM
BA
eAjG
.RA
KvM A
PJRI
u jgC-8
g `jqG

jM NA
A
-9
wBA
Lj
AA
?FA

wBA
PB
jgC-10
A
.BI
LAjG
NbA

184
ZA AfA
:iBM

BA
BAC
BIAjG
:BNA
VA

-C
eA-1

J
.YBnA

BJN
.fzA
jNM Kk-2
n
KBA-3
.BZNA
\V

mA-4

.
Ah G}-5
127.{C
N
f
EjA
BJM
YBm
.mifA
BNJA-6

:BNA
BJmB
PBAjA
y-L
G KBA...................-1
.mifA

...............LA-2
YBm
.mifA
.............-3
.vA

.OJA
..............PBJBA-4
fVA
.pifA
FQC............
KBA-5

LAeA LA............A-6
.mA

.................... nA-7

:a NZM
B LjC-X

A
.N
\uC Mjjm
\uC -1

.PBjZA
BV PBJNrA
jM -2

KBvA

.BiBJI
-3
A NIA
iBu
BfA
-4
.Bj
Oa
fA-5

jJA
Yj
jNZ
.jvA
LhA
185
ZA AfA
QRA
peBnA
pifA

THE THIRTY-SIXTH LESSON

jA
iBzA
The Present-Tense Nominative Verb

fjVM
jA
KuBA
BA
,jBn
,
:Z
,kBVA
)
iBzA

,l
,j

.(n
The government in the present-tense nominative verb is related to meaning. (The
government related to meaning) is the verb's being free of accusative and jussive

,j
,l
,jBn
.

government, as in: n

iBzA
LvA

The Present-Tense Accusative Verb
nZ

C fiC)
:Z
,gG
C
:nbA
jYA
fYC
LvA
iBzA
BA

jfNI
gG ,VA aeC OmC ,IjyC

Jm (C)
,( A j
BC ,G aC

jr
:BnC
Jm vb By
The government in the accusative present-tense verb is due to (the presence of) one of
I desire that my brother do good
C , as in: G aC nZ
C fiC
five particles: gG

toward me; IjyC
I accepted faith in order to
BC I will never strike you; VA aeC OmC

enter paradise; A j
gG Consequently, Allah will forgive you. (Also due to) the
) in seventeen situations condensed into seven divisions:

estimation of (C
186
ZA AfA

.VA
aeC NY OmC :R ,NY fI-1
B :Z

,
fk
() fI-2
.v

A

Z
.{Ih
B B} :BM
,eZVA
()
fI-3

FA
:Z ,jA
;(LhN wM ) :Z ,A
;(nN mC
fI-4
LAU
AA

,A
;(j

,NA
BilM
B)
:Z
:Z ,BNmA
;(?VN M )
,~jA
O)
B
BI lM
.(Aja
KvN
C)
:Z
;(D
:Z
AA
AA
:Z
mC)
,IAjA
nA
fNA
iA
LAU
h
fI-5

jaE
.RA
G (...nM

I
(C) fI-6
C NU)
.(Y M
:Z ,(G)

B
JVC)
:Z
.(XjbM
,BZju
BmG
A
B
AgG
A
A
fI-7

), like: VA
aeC
OmC I submitted (in faith) until I will enter the
1-After (NY
NY
paradise.
fk B Zaid stood in order to pray.

2-After () in the meaning of (), as in: v

A
3-After (eZVA
B B}"But Allah was
), as in His, the Exalted's saying: {Ih
not going to chastise them." 128

), as in: nN
4-After (FA) occurring in reply to a command (jA
mC
I will submit,

), as in: LhN
wM Do not be
then you must submit; (after) a prohibition (A
disobedient, you will be punished; (or after) interrogation (BNmA

), as in: M
Do you know, then you will be successful?; (or after) negation (A

), as in:
?VN

j
BilM B You do not visit us, then we will honor you; (or after) a statement of

), as in: D
hope (NA
B O I wish I had money, then I would spend it (for

), as in: Aja
good); (and after) propositions (~jA
KvN
BI lM
C Is it not that after
you landed with us, then you were affected by goodness.
187
ZA AfA
5-After (AA) likewise, occurring in reply to matters preceding in the fourth section,
as in: nM
mC
I will submit and you must submit...until the end of the
examples.129
M
6-After (C ) in the meaning of (G), as in: Y
C NU I will come to you until you
give me my right.

JVC
B
7-After (A
A), when the appositive is an apparent noun, as in: XjbM

Your standing and leaving surprised me.

iBG
kV
,A
:Z
,(VA
aeC
OmC)
:Z
,
()
(C)
A
C B
JVC)

.(XjbM

BA
KV
)
BiBG
:Z ,BNNUA AgG ()
.(

) with () in the meaning of ( ), as in: VA
aeC
It is permissible to combine (C
OmC I
of
surrendered (to faith) so that I will enter into paradise;
(and combine) with the Waw
C B JVC
Apposition (A A), as in: XjbM
Your standing and that you are leaving
surprises me.

C A
bA
,RA
BG I ,iBz
JuBA
On
A
fI
AA
(C)

,A

m C }
:BM
Z
C ,BUA
B
kV
fI
AA
BC
,{yj

C jvm
,A
C C)
:Z
BVM C ,BI KvM
.(jvm
fI AB
) occurring after (a statement of) knowledge, it is not an accusative

Know that (C
governing agent for the present-tense. Rather, it is only a lightening (of the effect of
government) from the heavy (accusative) government, as in His, the Exalted's saying:

{yj
"He knows that there must be among you sick." 130 Regarding its
m C }
occurrence after supposition, then two perspectives are permissible: that it be made
accusative due
(the supposition)
or that it made like that which occurs after knowledge,
to
as in: jvm C jvm C C I suppose that I will help him.
188
ZA AfA
iBzA
lVA

The Present-Tense Jussive Verb
jZA

:BNA
fYC lVA iBzA
BA

,BA
() jA
BRY
C BgG B G : ,AkBVA
B
()

,w B ,jBn
G ,LjzM
C
,
jNZM
)
:Z
,ifA
G
.(BjaE
G...jNYC

The government in the present-tense jussive verb is due to one of the following particles:
) and the words of requital (AkBVA

); (jA
(); (B

), and they are:
); (BA

ifA G C C BRY C BgG B G
He did not travel; w B He had not (yet) disobeyed;
as in: jBn
He must spend;
G If you are respectful I will be respectful, until the
Don't Strike!; jNYC
LjzM
jNZM
examples' end.

()
BAe
B
ByB
(B)
B C G h
.J
fI BM
KM
C A
iBzA

f)
f)
B C ,(B fk

:M ,fA
:M ,(B)
fk
fI A
hY kV
.(
) is like that
Know that () governs the present-tense as a negated past-tense verb and (B
except that there is an expectation after and a continuity before it.131 It is permissible to
f Zaid regretted and yet,
), you would say: B fk
elide the verb coming after (B
f .

B Regret had not yet benefitted him. You would not say: fk
meaning: fA
189
ZA AfA

:ubA

LAjG
:iBzA
AejV
iBzA
KuBA
j
.kBVA
B
AgG

fYC
ae
.(ifA
G gG , , ,C) : ,nbA
KuAA
AgG Kv

BC
A
A
On
.RA
fI AA
b BG ,JuBI
fI
AA
(C)
.A
fI
AB
BVM
C
kV
B
JuB
BU
kV
C (A
,jA
fYG
lV
A
,B ,) : ,kAVA

fYC ae AgG iBzA

,BRY
.(ifA
G C ,C
,
,C
,BgG
,B
,G)
:
,AkBVA
PB

C (B) () I jA
fI N A
.A
e BRA

:mC

B-1
?iBzA
A
i
BA
A
RC
eAjG
ef-2
.f
iBzA
A
Kv

(C)
ifM
yA
RC
iBzA
.f
Kv
na jgC-3
.h R ?iBzA
(C) iBG KVM
N-4
G -5
R ? C iBz
fI AA
(C)
.h
A
JuB
AA
Y
(C)
fI
?A
B-6

ef-7
.B R
,lVA
A
RC
Bef
.f
PAkBVA
PB
ef-8
jg

(B )

R ?BI jA B ?iBzA
.h
M AgB-9

BR
hY kV -10
.f
?(B) fI A
g jgC
190
ZA AfA
:iBM

KvA
,lVA
B
iBzA
,LvA
:MD
B lVA
XjbNmG-C

pifM
G-1
.\VM
C KYC-2
NM
.ZA

pif
-3
.KBA
Cj-4
B pifA
eZ
.
G OU-5
mifA
.MC
M
-6
.N

O-7
D
Jm
.A
:BNA
BJmB
PBAjA
BiBz
y-L

Bf.............C-1
.Aja
KvN
C................-2
.M

.\VN............-3

B
OeC-4
.BI...........

.........C YBV jm-5

B-6
.........aC nZM
FU-7
................._ fm

:MD
B LjC-X

CjM
EjA
G-1
.LhNM

132.{LBnY jI
Fr kj A }-2

133.{DI
Z
jA
G nA
}-3

jD
134.{BnYA
fBI
A G}-4

bA-5
.CjA
191
ZA AfA
pifA
QRA
IBnA

THE THIRTY-SEVENTH LESSON

AkBVA
A

iBzA
THE PRESENT-TENSE VERB AND WORDS OF REQUITAL

A
,BR
nM
afM-BmA C OB BjY-AkBVA
KJm

C fN NU

Bjq
BRA
.AlU
A

A word of requital (AkBVA

), be it a particle or a noun, is entered upon two sentences in
order to signify that the first sentence is a cause for the second. The first is termed the
condition and the second, the requital.
G Q
KV iBz
AlVA
jrA
G)
BB G (jC
:Z
,B
lVA
jM
yB
,B B
lVA KV

OIjy
G) :Z
fY AlVA B G ,(OIjy

,ByB

,ByB
jrA
G ,(NIjy
B
G)
,BUA
IjzM
fY
kBU
AlVA
Z ,jrA
G)
.(jC
G ,jC
NjC
NU
:Z

AgG C A
,(NjC
FA lV
NjC
G) :Z ,
(f)
jI
ByB
AlVA
B
G ,{BE
B
,BUA
B ae } :BM
C BNJR BiBz
:Z
kBU ()_I B

G ,jNYD
G)
.(IjyC
C
IjyC
NrM
C jNYC
jNZM
Then, if the condition and the requital are both present-tense verbs, the jussive state is

required in both, as in: jC
G If you honor me, I will honor you. If both verbs are
jM
OIjy
G If you had
past-tense, there is no literal government in either verb, as in: OIjy
struck, I have struck. If the requital alone is a past-tense verb, the jussive state is required

in the condition, as in: NIjy
IjzM
G If you strike me, then I had struck you. If the condition
alone is a past-tense verb, two perspectives are permissible in the requital, as in: NU
G

jC
C jC
If you had come to me I would honor you.
192
ZA AfA
is not
Know that when the requital is a past-tense verb without (the particle f), Fa

NjC
permissible in the requital, as in: NjC
G If you honored me, I honored you; (as

well as) His, the Exalted's saying: {BE B
ae } "And whoever enters it (Bekkah) will
be secure."
135
If the requital is a present-tense verb, positive or negated with (), two

perspectives are permitted, as in: jNYD
C jNYC
G If you honor me, I will honor
jNZM
you; IjyC
G If you abuse me, I will not strike you.
NrM
C IjyC
:yA
fYC AlVA G
IiC g ,FA KV
ihA nA

C :A
dC
.{
jm f jn
G}
:BM
(f)
ByB
AlVA

}
C :BRA
:BM
j
B
NJ

Z
BiBz
Be mA
,() jI
AlVA

J
.{

:BM
}
nZBI FU

jr
,mA
.{BBRC
U C :SBRA

A JZM
U C :IAjA
N G } :BM
,AjC BG ,BrG
BG ,{JMB
H}
UjM
,BBNmA
C ,{iBA
:BM
G
PB
:BM
,B
,Be C ,{BYj BNjM G}

.(A Yj BNjC G)
:BM

fC
Of
BI
m
JvM
G
}
:BM
,FA
y
mA
VA
(AgG)
M f
AgG
.{
(FA) is
If the requital is not one of the two aforementioned categories, the particle Fa
required in the requital, and that is in four circumstances:
First: The requital is a past-tense verb with the particle (f), as in His, the Exalted's
136
f jn
saying: { dC jm
G} "If he steals, a brother of his did indeed before..."
Second: The requital is a present-tense verb negated with (a particle) other than (), as

J
j
in: {
Be mA
it
NJ
} "And whoever desires a religion other than Islam,
shall not be accepted from him." 137
193
ZA AfA
), as in His, the Exalted's

U
Third: The requital is (may be) a nominal sentence (mG
FU

nZBI
saying: {BBRC
jr
} "Whoever brings a good deed, he shall ten like it (as a
reward)." 138
Fourth: The requital is a creative sentence, either a command, like the His, the Exalted's

139
saying: {JMB
Or a
A JZM
N G } "Say: If you love Allah, then follow me."

prohibition, as in in His, the Exalted's saying: {iBA
G UjM
N
H}
PB
"Then
if you find them to be believing women, do not send them back to the unbelievers." 140 Or

BjM
interrogation, as in saying: BYj
G If you abandon us, then who will show us

G If you honor us, then may

BNjC
mercy. Or a supplication, as in your saying: A Yj
Allah show you mercy.

like His, the Exalted's
At times, (AgG) occurs with a nominal sentence in the place of Fa,
AgG fC
G }
JvM
saying: {
Of BI m
"And if an evil befalls them for what their
hands have already wrought, lo! they are in despair." 141

BA
:BNA
fI (G)
ifM BG

M)
.(\VM
:Z ,jA-1

) :Z ,A-2
.(Aja
LhM

.(j
BilM ) :Z :BNmA-3

N) :Z :NA-4
f
.(faC

BI lM
.(Aja KvM
C) :Z ,~jA-5
) is only estimated after the following verbs:
The particle (G
M Study, you will succeed.

1-Command Verb, as in: \VM

Do not lie, (the outcome) is good.

LhM
2-Prohibition, as in: Aja

BilM
3-Interrogation, as in: j
Do you visit us, we will honor you.
f
4-Wishes, as in: faC
N I wish you were with me, I would serve you.
194
ZA AfA

M)
B BR
A
(\VM
H ,RA
OCi
KJm
AgG g
G :
:
C fv

NM
afM
BN
(iBA
,AJA
h
,\VM
gG ,JJnA
jM ) : NA
h

afM
.(iBA
jM G)
:B C \v
All of that is when the first (the condition) is a cause for the second (the requital) as you

M
NM
have seen in the examples. The meaning of (\VM
) is: \VM
G If you study you will

afM
succeed, and likewise are the remaining examples. Due to that, saying: iBA
Do
jM
not disbelieve, you will enter the hellfire, is not allowed due to the disallowance of the

afM
cause when it is not proper to say: iBA
G If you do not disbelieve, you will enter
jM
the hellfire.

:ubA

BJJm A M C ,NU
) nM A VA ,BR
afM
AkBVA
(jrA
BRA
AlU)

.(jrA

KV
kV ,ByB
.BUA
hY
fY jrA B AgG G ,AlU C Bjq iBzA
lVA

FA
:AlVA

ae

QQ
U F
:BYC
AlVA
FBI
IiC
:yA
AlVA
AjNA
KV

:C
ByB
AgG-1
B
.(f)
AlVA
AgG-2
B
BiBz
.() jI
AlVA
B

.mA
U AlVA B AgG-3

U AlVA B AgG-4
.BrG
:BBQ
C BNJR
AgG BUA
iBzA
B
.() jZI
B
kV
B

AlVA
jI
AgG FA
B
.(f)
ae
kV :BRBQ
ByB
195
ZA AfA

:mC

B-1
.BRI
g \y ?AkBVA

R ?Bae
fI

afM B -2
.h
fM AgB ?AkBVA
KVM N-3
R
?AlVA
lVA
.
jrA

RDI
B
.f
g \y ?AlVA

M N-4
AkBVA
jrA

KV N-5
g I ?fY jrA lVA
.RDI

N-6
kV
lVA

.BRI
jrA
g \y ?AlVA

R ?AlVA
.h
FA
N-7
ae kV

.BR
N jgC-8
AlVA
FA
ae kV
eAjG

VI
.f
B
R
AlVA
FA
ae
LU

jgC-9
eiA

BRI
?FA
.f
(AgG) M -10
y
g \y ?N

ifM
BA
?(G)
RDI
g `jqG
.f
C fI-11
:iBM

-C

.BIU
BlV
AlVA jrA B U
TQ PB-1

B M
.B AlVA
TQ PB-2

BlV
.fY
jrA U
TQ PB-3

U
B kV
lVA
.AlVA
jrA
TQ PB-4

U
.AlVA
ae B kV
FA
TQ PB-5

U
.AlVA
F
ae B kV
TQ PB-6

U
.BJUA
FA
ae B
TQ PB-7
AlVA

.if
B (G)
TQ PB-8
M U
196
ZA AfA

I ,AlVA
XjbNmG-L
kAU
NU
jrA
lVA
VA IU C ,f C ,B
:BNA

G-1
KhM
.KgC
.PCj PCj G-2

. OJN
KNM G-3

G-4
.jNYC
Mik

.B jV
B M OU G-5

NA
I ,g
eiAA
FA
B kV
eiAA
ae
LU

,AlVA
I-X
eiA
NA
B
B kV
:VA
BUA

A
142.{
eB }-1
N

143.{Bi
}-2
BnbI Bb IjI

144.{jUC
H}-3
NDm B NM
G }-4
iBVNmA
145.{jUD
jrA
fYC

146.{jf
jbI
6q
nn G }-5

JJZ
147.{A
A JZM
JMB
N G }-6

() OA
VB
C
.iAe
JN
-7

ja
.jM
B -8
AM
G-9
BA
OCi
.jNZM
G-10
KhM
?B fYC

.Aja A AlV BNU G-11
197
ZA AfA

:MD
B LjC-e

C
.lVA
jJvA V
-1

w A
.A
M AgG-2

A
148.{BvZM
AfM
G }-3
G-4
jvB
MjJu
.

nYDI
AZ
149.{B
NY AgG }-5
ZNI
198
ZA AfA
QRA
BRA
pifA

THE THIRTY-EIGHTH LESSON

jA

The Command Verb

:jA
C Nu
lA
LjyG)
:Z
,KBbA
BA
A
K
(iA

fM

B B
H
,j
jY
hZ
iBzA
l Pfk ,BBm
Q
,iBzA
jY
iBzA
fI
G in
jnA
zA
,RBQ
,RBQ
:Z
C \NA
:Z
G z
,G)
uA
,(jvC)
:Z
G (XjbNmA

LjyG
BjZN
,lA
B
G UBY
,f)
.BA
LBI ,(KmBY

,iBv
,mG
,LjyG)
:Z
jA
,BIjyG
,iG
,lC

lVA J
,AIjyG

.(XjYe
The command verb is a word signifying the seeking of an action from the subject of the
,LjyG
. Its forms (are produced) in the present-tense verb by
second person, as in: iG ,lC

eliding the Particle of the Present-Tense, then look, if that which is after the (elided)
150
Particle of the Present-Tense is vowelless, Hamzah al-Wasl
vowelled with Dammah
is
; and (the Hamzah is)

added if its third consonant is vowelled with Dammah,
as in: jvC

vowelled with Kasrah if the third consonant is vowelled with Fathah
or Kasrah, as in: ,G

XjbNmG
,LjyG
. If (the letter after the Particle of the Present-Tense) is vowelled, it has no
. From this (category) is the form of (BA

need of the Hamzah, as in: KmBY
,f
).
The command verb is fixed or Mabniy (at its end based) upon the signs of the jussive
,LjyG
.
,BIjyG ,mG
,lC
state just as is the case in the present-tense, as in: XjYe
,iG

,AIjyG
199
ZA AfA

VA
A

,B
I A
n :VA A
hY
,B
wNb
C B

.fNBI

LAIC
NA
Ain
jaE
J B , Bz A jZA C yBA
N
J B Bz C C .(XjYe
,Ljy)
:Z
,fAk
FM
,u
l
BAC
On

zM)
:Z
,fAk
.(M
FM C B Ain jaE

,u
jY C C
J B Bz
:Z
C B Ain
jaE
jZN
l
lA
.(ifNA
G zA

,XjbNmA)
.XifM
JNM
The Passive-Voice Verb
The passive-voice verb is a verb whose subject has not been mentioned. It is a verb
whose subject is elided and the verbal object is put in its place. It is particular to the
transitive verb.151
The passive-voice verb's signs in the past-tense verb are that the first letter is vowelled
with Dammah
only and that which is before its end is vowelled with Kasrah, in those forms
.
as in: XjYe
in which Hamzah al-Wasl
,Ljy
is not in their beginning, nor the extraneous Ta,

(And) that its beginning is vowelled with Dammah
and that which is before its end
is in its beginning, as in:

vowelled with Kasrah in those forms in which the Extraneous Ta
M
.
,zM
(And) that the first vowelled letter is vowelled with Dammah
and that which is before its
end is vowelled with Kasrah, in those forms in which there is Hamzah al-Wasl
in its
. The Hamzah follows the Dammah, if it has not been passed

,XjbNmC
beginning, as in:ifNC
over.

J B Bz
iBzA
,BYN
jaE
jY C iBzA
A
VA

,BMBZ
A
H
NA
,Ljz) :Z
BA LBI
G ,(XjbNn
BA
,KmBZ
) :Z
,
.(XjYf
jaA
J B \N B A
200
ZA AfA
The sign of the passive-voice verb in the present-tense verb is that the particle of the
present-tense is vowelled with Dammah
and that which is before its end is vowelled with
Fathah,
as in: XjbNn ,Ljz, except in the forms of: (A
,NA
), and their
,BA
,BA
associate matters. Their only sign in the present-tense is the Fathah

before the end, as
,KmBZ.
in: XjYf

C UA
F
)
,Ain
:Z
yB
.(I
A
N

yBA
VA
A
KM
B
(BJ
B
)
:Z
,BC
UA
iBzA
A
KM

M)
:Z ,BNA
.jvNA
B (fM
BA LBI
Oj
AA
The passive voice's sign in the Ajwaf verb152 is that the first consonant of the past-tense is
vowelled with Kasrah, as in: I ,. In the present-tense the middle consonant is
converted to Alif, as in: BJ ,B, just as the Alif in the past-tense passive-voice verb is

,M
,BA
in the forms of (BNA
converted to Waw
), as in: fM
, as you are familiar with
from Tasreef.

:ubA

fM

:jA
.A
K

B
AgG C
AgG G
M
jY
lI
,in
lA
Bm
iBzA
fI
A
.zN

,Bz iBz

,B
I A
A
C yBA
C
,B
hY
:VA
N

jaE
jY
J B Bz
.Ain
jZN

jY
I
JM BYN jaE
J B Bz
A jZA C iBzA

.BBY
201
ZA AfA

:mC

.jA
j-1

R
uA
.
l eAlM N jgA Q ,jA
Bv I-2

jA
Ljy
.RA
J
B
I-3

N
jA
?zM
uA
l jnM N-4

n
hA
A
Bv B-5
?B

B-6
.BRI
A
g \y ?VA

FM uA
-7
V
A
l
BAC
On
NA
LAIA
yBA
J
RDI
g I ?fAk
.f

-8
RC
PB
FM C
hA
yBA
V
.h
A
?fAk
J

R
-9
?u
hA
yBA
V
A
.
l C
J

FI
RC
jgC ?ejVA
jgC-10
.h
iBzA
A
VA
-11
J
iBzA
R ?A
BA NA
BA
LBI
A
V
.h

-12
V
?UA
yBA
A
J

R
FI
,UA
jgC-13
.
A
VA
iBzA
202
ZA AfA
:iBM

jY
l
:B uA
KJm
\y
,BNA
VA
jA
BC -C

A ,AfIC sM D Bf G$-1
.#Af PM
D Mja

pifA KNC-2
.VA
CjA

,EjA
yAM
.
G nYC-3
BA
Jm
.A
fC-4

.C
mA
A-5
jvA

mG-6
.IC Zv

:BNA
jA
BA
u-L

,|i
fC
,Al ,BVM ,\Bu ,fu ,nNmG ,| ,C ,sC

JA
I B
:B
BA
XjbNmG-X
eC-1
.KUAA
KN-2
.pifA
.OJA
OIeC-3

.A
-4
OJVNmC-5

.Me
.jA
Af j-6

G
AfJ
153.{A
AjC B }-7
203
ZA AfA

BA
BNA
:V
IG-e

J ,UB ,BI ,jBVM ,jIe ,D ,eBG ,iBNaG ,jvNmG ,Be

:MD
B LjC-_
Y
BG-1
BI eAj
.BI
AlNmG-2
kjA
.fvBI

C J
.AJmBZM
nC AJmBY-3
I-4
.LBNA

J}-5
154.{jaC
f
BnA
BI h

204
ZA AfA
pifA
QRA
mBNA

THE THIRTY-NINTH LESSON

kA
fNA
A
Passive Voice And Active Voice Verb
:n
G
:R ,A
e
f B ,kA
G fNA
A
A-1
ejV
Kg)
.(fm

G fN B ,fNA A-2
f A
The verb is divided into two divisions:
1-Passive Voice Verb. It is that which signifies the occurrence of an action without
Sa'eed left.
transcending to the object, like: fk Kg
2-Active Voice Verb. It is that (verb whose action) trancends to the object in order
to signify the occurrence of an action upon it.

fN
:G

jv) :Z ,fYA
-1
.(AjU
fm
iBvNA
kV ,(Bie AjU fm
C ) :Z ,-2
,
fYC
LBI

:Z
Afk OC)
.(O)
(Bie OC
bI

DJC
mi A C) :Z ,B
QQ-3
jJaC
iC) : ,(BBG () B

.(TfY
jJa
205
ZA AfA
The Active Voice Verb extends (its meaning) to (the following):
fm
Sa'eed helped Ja'far.
1-One object, as in: AjU
jv
C Sa'eed gave Ja'far a Dirham. It is (also)

AjU
fm
2-Two objects, as in: Bie
permissible
to confine (the verb's government) to one of the two objects, as in:

Bie OC Afk OC I gave Zaid and I gave a Dirham, in variance with the form of
).
(O

3-Three objects, as in: BBG () B
mi A C Allah informed his messenger that
,jJa
.
,iC
,jJaC
,DJC
. From (these types of verbs) are: TfY
'Ali (AS) was Imam
iBvNA
,BfYC
kAU
(OC)
NnA
BA
h
jaA
A A
(O)

iBvNA
BRA
,(Afm
A C) :Z
SBRA
kAU
f

ja
ja
.(pBA
B
Afm
OC)
:B
I
,(pBA
Afm
OC)
:B
BfYC

to confine (the verb) to one of (the two objects), as in: Afm
A C Allah informed Sa'eed.
) in lack of permissibility in restricting

The second and third are like the two objects of (O

ja
Afm
(the verb) to one (of the two objects). Then, you would not say: pBA
OC I
ja
I
B
Afm
informed Sa'eed is the best of men. Rather, you would say: pBA
OC
) in their permissibility
The first and last of these six verbs are like the two objects of (OC
informed Sa'eed that 'Ali is the best of men.

LA
BA
Verbs Of The Heart

fM BC
:Jm
BZUjA
C A
,Ok-6
,OCi-5
,Oa-4
,OJnY-3
,O-2
,O-1

.PfU-7
O
,yB
:Z
,A
afM
jJbA
BJvN
Afk O)
CfNJA

Aj
.(BB
They are verbs which convey certainty or preponderance, and they are seven:
) To know; 2-(O) To suppose; 3-(OJnY

) To reckon, figure; 4-(Oa) To believe,
1-(O

) To believe, think; 6-(Ok

) To claim, declare; 7-(PfU ) To find.
deem; 5-(OCi
206
ZA AfA
They are entered upon the Mubtada and Khabar making both accusative as a verbal
I knew Zaid was virtuous; BB

object, as in: yB
O I believed 'Amr was
Aj
Afk O
learned.
,xAa BA
B BC jh

:MD
h
There are particularities for these verbs. We will mention the most important of those
particularities in what follows:
:M ,(OC) LBI
jvN G-1
.(Afk O)
B fYC
bI
kV-2

:Z
C (B
:Z
AgG BBG
fm)
,PjaDM
,OmM
B
O
fm)

.(O

M
C f
O)
:Z ,BNmA
fmC
C ,(?jU
J
O
AgG
A
BG-3
O)
B O)
J
:Z
:Z
,AfNIA
,A
fn
J C ,(iAfA
fm

.(

M
I B

.
M C NA

vN
,fYAA
:Z
6rA
C kV-4
N)
B BB
jy

.(yB
N
B
1-They do not confine (the verb) to one of two of its objects, in variance with

), then, you would not say: Afk
(OC
O
I knew Zaid.
2-(The verb's) nullification (of government upon its objects) is permissible when
Sa'eed, I believe is learned. Or it is
fm
the verb is an intermediate, as in: B
O
fm
at the end, as in: O B
Sa'eed is standing, I believe.
3-(The verb)
diverted
government when it occurs before interrogation, as
is
from
C f fm
in: ?jU
I believe Sa'eed is with you or Ja'far? The meaning of
C O
Ta'leeq is that it does not govern literally, rather, it governs in meaning.
4-It is permissible that its subject and object are two dependent pronouns from one

I assumed you
thing, as in: B
N

You informed me of departing; yB
N
to be virtuous.
207
ZA AfA
I
,(Oj)
I
,(OMA)
I

(OCi)
f
,(PjvIC)
(O)
(O)

M , AfYA
KvN
,(BzA OJuC) I (PfU)
,LA
BC
hY
:R
PfU)
.(LBNA

) in the meaning of: PjvIC
To see; (PfU
) in the meaning of: BzA
To be aware; (OCi
OJuC To
) in the meaning of: Oj

To suspect; (O
At times, (O) is found in the meaning of: OMG
acquire s.th. lost. They give the accusative state to one object only. Then, at that time,
I found the book.
PfU
they are not Verbs of the Heart, like: LBNA

:ubA

kA
A
.fNA
:G n

kBVN
:kA
.I A
G BA
A

fN
kBVN
:fNA A
:G
I A
G BA
-1
.fYA

.-2

QQ-3
.B

jJbA
fM BC :LA
.BJvN
afM BZUjA
BC
CfNJA
C A
f A
.M
f LA
BC

B
.
A
f :NA
BG

:BA
B

f
.
BBG
208
ZA AfA

:mC
R
?kA

B-1
A
.
R
,fNA
A
j-2
.

R

,fNA
AC ef-3
jaA
BA ef-4
A
B
I
JrA
UC
I
,B
QQ
G fNM NA

SBRA
BRA
B Jq B .OC
jg
g `jqG ?O

.BNRC

.BR
BC ef-5
jg
jJbA
CfNJBI
B I ,LA

BR
MD
C kV -6
g
`jqG
?jy
LA
BC
jg
B

LA
g \y ?A
.RDI
BC M N-7

LA
.BR
g
I
?AgB
BC M N-8
jg

`jqG
?LA
BC
hY
M
?
fYA
G LA
BC fNM N-9

Zy g
.RDI
B-10
I jA
?BA
NA
:iBM

,BNA
:BfN
B AgG
XjbNmG-C
VA kA
fNA A

Aj fk DJC-1
.BZUB
fm

OC-2
.BIQ jA

Afm
O-3
.BA

.A
`j-4

O-5
.jJbA
209
ZA AfA

:MD
B BA
-L
O-1
.() OJA C `f fv
OCi-2

fA
.mifA

KBA
oU-3
.NYi

mi A C-4
.BBG () B

A
OCi-5
.BB

Na-6
.AjBn
\UB
fm-7
.PfU

:MD
B LjC-X

155.{Ii
Ah B
kBI
orA Ci }-1

156.{V
MCi B}-2
NJnY

PfU-3
Be mA
.B

.BBVq N-4

.BJu
pifA OJnY-5
210
ZA AfA

IiA
pifA

THE FORTIETH LESSON

IiBA
BC
BA
vBA
Defective Verbs and Verbs Of Approximation

u
:
B)
,Bifv
BA-C
iBu
j
u
BA
jjN
Oy BC :vBA

KvM
B BmA A jN ,jJbA
AjJa BRA
CfNJA
afM
,(cG...nC
\JuC

fm
B) :N ,B
.(BB
A-Defective Verbs: are verbs coined to affirm a subject's description
other than the
being
. Defective
description of its Masdar,

(the Defective Verbs) are: cG...nC
\JuC iBu B
Verbs are entered upon the Mubtada and the Khabar. It gives the nominative state to the
first as its noun and it gives the accusative state to the second as its Khabar. You would

say then: BB
fk B Zaid was standing.

:BnC
QQ (B)

A
PJQ
BG ,yBA
BjJa
B } :Z ,BAe
BB
,vB-1
fM

B
C ,{BY
.(BIBq fk B) :Z ,B

fM B ,BNA
B) :Z ,(vY OJQ) I ,BM-2
vY C ,(BNA
BB
.A

:jBrA
,BhZI
jN ,fAk-3
jI IC I eBU

LAjA
nA
B
BnM

211
ZA AfA
) has three divisions:

(B
), it is signifying the establishment of its Khabar for the subject in

1-Defective (vB
157
the past-tense, either continuously, as in: {BY
B
A B } "And Allah is the
Zaid was a youth.

fk B
All-Knowing, Wise." Or disjunctive, as in: BIBq

2-Complete (BM
), it is in the meaning of establishing and achieving, as in: BNA
B
There was the battle, meaning the battle was achieved. Here, it conveys its
linguistic meaning.
3-Extraneous (fAk
), It is that the meaning is not altered with its elision, like the
saying of the poet:

B

LAjA
nA

jI
BnM
IC I eBU
The thoroughbreds of Bani Abi Bakr raise

above the signs informing (of their status)

,BN
fk iBu) :Z
.(B
(iBu)

fk \JuC)
,PBA
:Z
NI VA AjNA
fM (ZyC nC \JuC)
,\JvA
Y}
C ,(AjAg
Y nM
ae I
:R ,`BJvA
B
O AjAg

.{ZJvM
) signifies transfer, as in: B

Zaid became free of need.
fk iBu
(iBu
nC
) signify the association of the meaning of the sentence with these
\JuC
(ZyC

times (morning, evening, early morning), as in: AjAg
fk \JuC Zaid entered the morning in
remembrance, in other words, remembering in the time of morning and with the meaning
Y}
Y nM
of entering into the morning, like: {ZJvM
"Therefore glory be to Allah when
you enter upon the time of the evening and when you enter upon the time of the
morning." 158
212
ZA AfA

MD
} :Z
I
,(iBu)

AjNA
f
(PBI ) h
VA
f ,BNI

.{Aen U RBI
fYC jrI AgG

Likewise, (PBI ) both signify the association of the meaning of the sentence with their

U
), as in: {Aen
time. Sometimes, it comes in the meaning of (iBu
RBI fYC jrI AgG }
"And when a daughter is announced to one of them his face becomes black..." 159

PJQ

(A B N B `jI B Ak B)
,A
jY
Bl
,BB
BjJa
fM

.(AjC fk
Ak B) :Z

B ,`jI
B ,Ak
(A B ,N
B) signify the establishment of the Khabar for its subject. It

requires the particle of negation, as in: AjC fk Ak B Zaid is still the Ameer.
jA
Ae B C) :Z ,BB
BjJa
jC
fM (Ae B)
.(BnBU
fI
OM
PJQ
(Ae B) signifies the time period of a matter with a period establishing its Khabar for its
Ae B C I am standing as long as the Ameer is sitting.

subject, as in: BnBU
jA

(o)
fk o) :Z ,B BY U fM
I Oj f ,(BB
.Bf
nA
BBYC

(o ) signifies upon the negation of the meaning of a sentence in the present-tense. It is

said (its negation is) without exception, as in: BB
fk o Zaid is not standing. You have
become familiar with the remainder of its rules in the first division, therefore, we will not
repeat it.
213
ZA AfA
:BnC
QQ
BB
jJbA
BC-L
e f Oy BC :IiBA
B-Verbs of Approximation: are verbs coined to indicate closeness of the Khabar to its
subject. It of three types:
(n)
AfBU
,FUjA
Nn

B :A

yBA
j

f

n)
n)
iBzA
R
jJa
,(C)
:Z
,B
C fk
C G ,(
:Z
A
fk
C
f ,fk Xjb
,(Xjb
kV
:Z
,(C) hZM
:Z
,fM
fk n)
C n)
.(
. It is not used in other than the
First: That which signifies hope, and (the verb) is: n
), as in:
past-tense due to its being a partially-inflected verb. In its government, it is like (B
n
C fk
Perhaps Zaid will stand, except that its Khabar is a present-tense verb with

C fk
(C), as in: Xjb

n
Perhaps Zaid will leave. It is permissible to advance (the Khabar
n
C n
Perhaps
. At times, (C ) is elided, as in: fk
before the subject), as in: fk Xjb
Zaid is standing.

f ,(
eB)
e
iBz
:Z

jJa

,(C)
,vZA
fk
(eB)
B :BRA

eB)
:Z
C fk
,jJa

.(Xjb
(C) afM
) and its Khabar is a present-tense verb
Second: That which signifies attainment, it is (eB
eB
), as in: fk
Zaid almost is standing. At times, (C ) is entered upon its
without (C

Zaid is about to leave.

C fk eB
Khabar, as in: Xjb
(haC Lj U )
,A
R BNmA
jrA
haA
f B :SBRA

)
n)
fk
R
BNmA
,qC) .(cG....KN
:Z
.(eB
,(eB)

), as in: ...KN
fk
Their usage is like (eB
Zaid was about to write...; (qC ), its usage is
n
).
like (eB
,U
,
Third: That which signifies reception and initiating in the verb. They are: haC ,Lj
.
214
ZA AfA

:ubA

A

BA
,BmA
KvM
BRA
jN ,jJbA
afM BC :vBA
CfNJA

B ,BjJa
.BMAaC
vY
C ,BB
BA
jq
jJbA
Lj
BC
FUi C ,
fN Oy BC :IiBA
vY

.

:mC

CfNJA
ae AgG
A
j-1
.jJbA
jgA ,wBA

.f
BNmA
BB
jgA
(B) BnC ef-2

U
jgC-3
.f
B PAaC
B
BNmA

j-4
.IiBA

.B R
Bef ?IiBA
BC
AC B-5

BC
?IiBA
jJa
B-6
:iBM

mA
wBA
:BNA
VA
A
-C

.A
I B B-1

UjA \JuC-2
.BJMB

-3
fA
.BqB
`jI B-4
fm
.BnBU

Ak B-5
.AfV
KBA

UjA PBI-6
.AjBm
215
ZA AfA
:BNA
VA BMAaC
eB jJa XjbNmG-L

. A
eB-1

fVA
qC-2
.jvN

jBrA
fr
haC-3
.Mfv
pif
C n-4
.KBA
KbA
-5
.Kb
fm
U-6

.IBQ
PeB-7
LjZA
.M

:MD
B LjC-X

.Aj
C jA eB-1
160.{VA
}-2
i
B
B
Bvb

161.{
Bq
ja

AjM C n }-3

.` jvA
qC-4
nA
Ak
Jm
.A
fBV
B-5

216
ZA AfA

IiA
eBZA
pifA

THE FOURTY-FIRST LESSON

hA
`fA BC KVNA

The Verb of Surprise & the Verb of Praise and Blame
,KVNA
y B KVNA
Fr
-C
:BNu

,Afm
,C
(nYC)
nYC B) :Z
nYC 6q C C ,(Afm
jy
B-1

jNNn

.B

:Z ,I C-2
.(flI nYC)

IB

,yBN
BjvN
BQQ
DI
zNA
C J B G BJ
.Oj
fBA
uN
B (fqC B) RI
Ajr

.vA
,jBI
jvNA
,
kBUC
fNA
:Z
kBA
,jaDNA
kV
vA

.(Afk A nYC B)
A-The Verb of Surprise is that which is coined to produce surprise. It has two forms:

1-(C
B), as in: Afm
nYC B How nice Sa'eed is, in other words, whichever thing
) there is a concealed pronoun and it is (the verb's)
Sa'eed excels in. In (nYC
subject.
nYC
2-(I C
Be good to Zaid.
), as in: flI
It is only constructed from that which the Superlative Noun is constructed from in that it
should be a three-letter fully-inflected verb consistent with (the meaning) of the
superlative.
In failing to find the conditions (required in the Superlative), implement the
likes of (fqC B), as you are familiar with.
217
ZA AfA
Inflection is not permitted in the Verb of Surprise, nor advancing (its Makhsus
before it) or
placing (the verb at) the end, nor any separator (between the verb and its Makhsus).
al-Mazini
permitted separation with and adverb, as in: Afk A nYC B How good Zaid is
today.

BC-L
`fA
.hA

.g
C `f
:
Fr
y
B
:hA
`fA
`f
:Z ,BI
()-1
,BI
G Bz C ,(fY
UjA )
jA
j mA B

KV ,Ajz
jI
lM
f ,(fY
:Z
,Iv
B
UjA )

Ui
:Z
)

:BM
B}
B C ,{

Z
,
,(B)_I C ,(fY

xvbA
:n
(fY)
.`fBI

(Ui)
B
Ui AhJY) :Z ,(AhJY)-2
`fA
lM
(Ag)
(KY) H ,(fm
xvbA

.(fm)
B-The Verbs of Praise and Blame
The Verb of Praise and Blame is that which is coined to produce praise or blame. There
are two verbs of praise:
UjA
What an excellent
1-( ) Its subject is a noun defined with Lam,

as in: fY
man Hameed
is. Or it is annexed to (a noun) defined with the Definite Article, as
What an excellent servant of a man Hameed

is. At times, its
in: fY
UjA
subject is concealed. Then, it is required that it have an indefinite Tamyeez in the

Ui
accusative state, as in: fY
What an excellent man Hameed
is. Or it is
} "It (the giving of

B
annexed to (B), as in in His, the Exalted's saying:{
162
) is termed the Makhsus

meaning: B . The noun (fY
(the noun particularized) with praise.
charity) is well,"
218
ZA AfA
AhJY
How nice of a man Sa'eed is. The Verb of Praise is (KY);
), as in: Afm
2-(AhJY
Ui
) and the Makhsus

its subject is (Ag); its Tamyeez is (Ui
).
is (fm
hJY ,fm
Ui AhJY ) :Z ,lM
,(Ui
fm
fI
C
(AhJY)
xvb
J C kV

,BY
:Z
AhJY)
jU AhJY ,jU BJAi
.(BJAi
C
AhJY
It is permitted that a Tamyeez precedes the Makhsus

Ui
or comes after it, as in: ,fm

Ui
fm
AhJY. Or (permitted that) the Hal
(precedes or comes after the Makhsus,
as in:

How nice Ja'far is riding.
BJAi
jU AhJY ,jU BJAi
AhJY
:
BzC h

Ui
.(fi
oI ,fk UjA
oI ,fk UjA oI)
:Z ,(oI)-1

Ui
,(Fm)-2
.(fBa
UjA Fm) :Z
UjA
(Fm)
Fm ,fBa
,fBa
Fm
.(oI)
For blame, there are also two verbs:

UjA
oI Zaid is the wretched man, fk
1-(oI), as in: fk Ui
oI A wretched
oI A wretched man is Zaid.

servant of man is Zaid, fk Ui
Fm
), as in: fBa
The evil man is Khalid,
Evil is the servant
2-(Fm
fBa
UjA
UjA
Fm
An evil man is Khalid.

) is like (oI).
of the man Khalid,

fBa
The verb (Fm
Ui Fm

:ubA

,zNA
y

:KVNA
B) Nu
C J B J ,KVNA
Fr

C
.(I C

y
(AhJY
hA
)
:Nu
,`f
`fA BC
Fm)
C
`fA
Fr
BC
:hA

(oI
.h
219
ZA AfA

:mC

j-1
.KVNA

.B R
BjgC ?KVNA
u -2
JM
-3
B ?KVNA
u
?jq

jaDNA
R
u
fNA
g `jqG
?KVNA
.
jvNA
kV -4

`fA y 6q -5
R ?hA
.h

.B R
BjgC ?`fA
BC B-6
xvbA
R
?`fBI

B-7
.
R ()
B
j-8
.h

AgG-9
()

B
B
.BRI
g \y ?lM
B Ajz

-10
J C kV
.BR
jg
g `jqG
,fI C (AhJY) xvb
?BY C lM

BC B-11
.B R ?hA
:iBM

hA
`fA
,BI xvbA
MD
:VA
B
KVNA
BC XjbNmG-C

UC B-1
.fZA

I jC-2
.Bfu

C-3
.BaC fnI
jRC
B-4
eiA
.fZA
220
ZA AfA

BaC
.fm
AhJY-5

G fJA
163.{LAC
}-6
UjA
.fl
oI-7
Ui
Fm-8
.fBa

:BNA
JmB
PBAjA
KVM
,g `f BC y-L

.jbA
LAjrA................-1

.mA
crA B...............-2
.iBJYA
K
SfZ
,BBy...............-3

.IjA...............-4

Ui................-5
.iB

iAfA...............-6
.jaA

:MD
B LjC-X

164.{BMj
PFm LAjrA oI}-1

165.{BMj
OnY LARA }-2

166.{A
A BJnY AB }-3
AeA
.bA
-4
-5
BA
.KA
221
ZA AfA

IiA
BRA

pifA
THE FOURTY-SECOND LESSON

jZA
nA
SBRA
THE THIRD SECTION: The Particle
f
z
BnC
,jM
Jm
:jr

jY-1
jVA

jY-3
A

EfA
jY-5

jY-7
eBlA

ifvA
jY-9

jY-11
NA

jY-13
jrA
FM-15
SDNA

-17
fDNA

BI
jY-2
JrA

JNA
jY-4

LBVA
jY-6

jnNA
BjY-8

jY-10
|zZNA

BNmA
jY-12

jY-14
ejA

.NA
-16
The Particle's definition has already passed. Its divisions are seventeen:
) Genitive Particles
jY
1-(jVA
jY
) Part. Resembling A Verb

2-(BI
JrA
) Particles of Notice
4-(JNA
jY
) Particles of Reply
6-(LBVA
jY
jY
) Appositive Particles
3-(A
) Vocative Particles
5-(EfA
jY
222
ZA AfA
) Extraneous Particles
7-(eBlA
jY
) Particles of Clarification
8-(jnNA
BjY
) Particles of Incitement
) Particles of the Masdar
9-(ifvA
10-(|zZNA
jY
jY
) Particle of Anticipation 12-(BNmA
jY
11-(NA
jY) Interrogative Particles
jY
) Particle of Impediment
14-(ejA

of Tanween
16-(NA
) The Nun
jY
) Conditional Particles
13-(jrA
15-(SDNA
FM) The Feminine Ta
) The Nun
of Emphasis
17-(fDNA

B KMjNBI
BYjr
:MD

Oy
:R
jY
Pij)
jY
,
hA
mA
flI
G
B
C
Jq
Bv
:jVA

,iAfA
G
,(flI iB BC
.A
jqC
hA
:C
,(IC
iAfA
Ah)
:R
We will clarify the particles in sequence, as follows:
)
jY
Genitive Particles (jVA
Genitive Particles are particles coined in order to connect a verb, a word resembling a
I passed
I Pij
verb or in the meaning of a verb to a noun which is adjacent to it, like: fl
BC I am passing Zaid. (And) like: IC iAfA

I iB
Zaid; fl
Ah This in the house is your father,
in other words, he who I indicated is in the house. Then, in (this expression) is the
meaning of a verb.

: B BjY
jr nM

:NnM
()-1

C N ,BA
.(A G jvJA Pjm) :Z ,BN

AfNI-C
IBM \v

oUjA
AJNUB}

:BM

C N ,JN-L
y \v
,B
( hA)
.BQA
hA
oUjA
C
,{BQA

:Z
,|JN-X
(|I)
PhaC)
y \v
C N
,B

|I C ,(AifA
.AifA
223
ZA AfA

C N
,fAk-e
Nb
,(fYC
,hZI
FU
B) :Z
A
eAlM
Ba
A
KUA
.
Genitive Particles are seventeen as follows:

1-(). It is used to signify:
AfNI
a) (BA
) The beginning point. Its sign is that it is proper to compare it with the

I traveled from Basrah

jvJA
end point, as in: A G

to Kufah
.
Pjm
hA
b) (JN
) in its place, as in
) Clarification. Its sign is that it is proper to place (

AJNUB}
"Therefore avoid the
His, the Exalted's saying: {BQA
oUjA
uncleanness of the idols..."
167
The uncleanness
hA
In other words: BQA
oUjA

which is the idol.

c) (|JN
) Portioning. Its sign is that it is proper to place (|I ) in its place, as in:
I took from the Darahim

PhaC
AifA
. In other words: AifA
|I Some of the
Darahim
.
d) (fAk
) Extraneous. Its sign is that its meaning is not disturbed with the particle's
FU
elision, as in: fYC
B No one came to me. Particles are not extraneous in
positive speech, in variance with the Kufiyyeen.
,j B BA BN

, () I
AnB}
:BM
:(G)-2

C ,{AjA
U
.AjA
fC
) It is for signifying the endpoint, as has passed, and (for signifying) the
2-(G
meaning of () infrequently, as in His, the Exalted's saying:

fC
{AjA
U AnB}
G
"Wash your faces and hands as far as the elbows..." 168
224
ZA AfA

YiBJA
O)
NY
:Z
,(G)
() I ,(`BJvA
,AjR
R :(NY)-3

afM
:B
XBZA f)
NY
:Z
.ejJ
,jzA
(BrA
Ba (BNY)

:jBrA
BC
.gBr ,eBk IC IA B BNY N

pBC J A
) It is like (G), as in: `BJvA

YiBJA
O I slept yesterday until morning. (It is
NY
3-(NY
XBZA f The pilgrims

found) in the meaning of () frequently, as in: BrA
NY
arrived even the walking. It is not entered upon a pronoun, therefore, you would
), in variance with al-Mubarrid. Regarding the saying of the poet:
not say: (BNY

IC IA B BNY
#eBk
N

pBC J
A
$
No, by God, people do not leave behind a youth (comparable) with you O Ibn Abi
Then, it is rare.
Ziyad.

:Z
,j
, ()
:()-4
I .(kA
FA ,iAfA
fm)

.{bA
hU Ju } :BM
4-() (It is utilized) for adverbial meanings, as in: iAfA

Sa'eed is in the house,
fm
kA
FA The water is in the jug. (It has) the meaning of () infrequently, as in

His, the Exalted's saying: {bA
hU Ju } "I will certainly crucify you on

the trunks of the palm trees..." 169

:ubA

G
:jZA
.Bj
fM

NnM
jY
Oy
G
.mA
jY
:()
Jq
A
Bv
:jVA
AfNI-1
.BA

.JN-2

.|JN-3

.fAk-4
225
ZA AfA

(G)
.
NnM
I
NnM
() I ,BA
BN
(G)
I (NY)

afM
()
()
NnM
. ()
I ,j
.jzA
,AjR

:mC

.jZA
BnC ef-1

jY Oy fB
R ?jVA
-2
.h

B
()
ef-3
.RC

.RDI
NnM BA
g \y ?(G)
-4

jgC-5
.B R (NY)
B

afM
(NY)
? C jBzA
-6

B
B-7
.B R
?()
:iBM

MD
jY
I ,jVA
:VA
B
BB
XjbNmG-C
FU-1
fA
.mifA

AihYG-2
.BnA
BC
jrA

OjNqG-3
.PVA
Bn

PfBq B-4
.fYC
Kg-5
G fm
.vA
226
ZA AfA

fIlA-6
.URA

YiBJA
Pjm-7
NY
.`BJvA
jBnA

NY
OCi-8
.NNC

I ,BNA
PBAjA
:B
BJmB
VA
jU jY y-L

Xja-1
.vA...........fm
.BnA
BG...........jJA

AjRC-2
jBm-3
............fBa

.Kg.......BMBa...............OjNqG-4

.A
vN.........PCj-5

Oy-6
.ZA............KNA

OCi-7
.YBnA..............AfBa

:MD
B LjC-X

170.{BvBa
n}-1
I I
BJ e Tj
eC
OBn
F
FnA
lC}-2

JAU
jA
fA
Aj
jrA
NY
gA
n -3

jaE
j
.BFe
NY A Jm
fBV-4

.Ij
A-5
A jA , IjA
171.{BifI
227
ZA AfA

IiA
SBRA
pifA

THE FORTY-THIRD LESSON

jY
jVA
NM
Completion Of The Genitive Particles

fk
(FJA)-5
:

,Y
:Z
,AkBV
Pij)
ij Lj AgG (fnI
C ,(Ee I)
:Z
:Bv-C

.fm

.(BI
OJN) :Z ,BNm-L
:fN-X
:Z
OJg)

.(flI
:Z
:j-e
OnU)

.(fVnBI

:Z
OjNqG)
pjA
.(UjnI
:JYBv-_
:Z
:IB-

.(AhI Ah OI)

B) :Z
jJbA
.(BI
,A
BmB
) :Z ,BNmA
fk
fAk-k
,{Afq
BI
}
,(ie
JnZI)
:Z
,jA
BBm
,(BI
:Z
C)
.(fI
,LvA

5-(FJA), It is:
I In it is a cure. Or figurative, as in:

a-(Bv
), for connectivity, be it true, as in: Ee
I passed by Sa'eed, when your passing was near to Sa'eed.
I Pij
fn

I wrote with the pen.

b-(BNm
), for assistance, as in: BI OJN
), for make a verb transitive, as in: fl

I left with Zaid.
I OJg
c-(fN
228
ZA AfA
I sat in the mosque.

), for an adverbial meaning, as in: fVnB
d-(j
I OnU
I purchased the horse with
), for accompaniment, as in: Ujn
OjNqG
e-(JYBv
I pjA
its saddle.
), for requital, as in: Ah I Ah OI I purchased this with this.
f-(IB

g-(fAk
), extraneous, according to a rule for the negated Khabar, as in: B
I fk B

Zaid is not standing; (also) in interrogation, as in: B
I fk Is Zaid standing? It is
JnZ
according to usage in the nominative state, as in: ie
I By your figure a

Dirham; {Afq
"Allah suffices as a witness." 172; (according to usage) in
BI }

He surrendered it.
the accusative state, as in: f
I C
,(A)-6
:

BA
.(fl
,pj
VA) :Z ,xBvNa-C

:Z ,N-L
NIjy)
.(KeDN

C ,{
ei}
,fAk-X
.ei
:BM

Aj hA
B } :BM
A
B Aja
B AE h
AgG () I-e
NmA

,{G
BJm
.j

(AA) I-_
:Z ,KVN
.(UA ja )
nA
6-(A), it is:
The bulk is for the horse and

VA
BA pj
a-(xBvNa
), for specification, as in: fl
the money is for Zaid.

), for explanation, as in: KeDN
I struck him for the purpose of
b-(N
NIjy
discipline.

ei}
c-(fAk
), extraneous, as in His, the Exalted's saying: {
"...Drawn near to
you..." 173 In other words: (ei

).
229
ZA AfA
), in the meaning of (), when it is used with a saying, as in His, the

d-( I

Exalted's saying: {G
B Aja B AE h
Aj hA
B } "And those who
BJm
disbelieve say concerning those who believe: If it had been a good, they would
not have gone ahead of us therein." 174 In it are some (other) views.
ja
), in the meaning of (AA), in an oath due to surprise, as in: UA
e-(AA
I
By God!, the date is not delayed.
jJbA
,A
ifu
(Li)
ZNnM
,jRN
() C B N
(Li)-7

l
G afM
jI
J
C ,(N Ui
jh
ej
Li) :Z ,jA
jz

A
f
,(MCjA
Ii ,CjG Ii ,Ui
Ii ,Ui Ii) :Z ,Iv

.(MCjA
BIi) :Z ,IBA KVM
BIi ,Ui

B BIi)
BN
,VA
:Z
afM ,A
,fk
BA
(B)
BZM
f
BIi
fk
.(B

,BJB
g hZ ,
ZN NA
A
,~B
Li)
B fI

jC
Ui
,(N
(jC
Ui
Li) C ,(?jC OCi ) B LAU
H
.hZ B (O) (Ui)_
u (jC)
), it is for (the meaning of) lessening just as () Khabariyyah is for abundance.

7-(Li
Initiating speech is required (for this particle) and it is only entered upon an

Ui
indefinite word, as in: N
Li Few men I have met; Or (entered upon) an
ambiguous, singular, masculine, Mumayyaz (which is) indefinite and accusative,

Ii Few of them are two men; CjA
as in: Ui
Ii Few of them are a man; Ui
Ii
Ii Few of them are two women. With the

Few of them are a woman; MCjA

,Ui
BIi
Kufiyyeen,
agreement is required, as in: MCjA
BIi.
) and it nullifies its government. It is entered

At times, (BA B) is attached to (Li
BIi Perhaps Zaid is
upon a sentence, as in: fk B BIi Perhaps Zaid stood; B

fk
standing.
230
ZA AfA

:ubA

NnM
BA
(FJA)
:BNA

.BvA-1

.BNmA-2

.fNA-3

.jA-4

.JYBvA-5

.IBA-6
.fAlA-7

NnM
BA
(A)
:BNA

.xBvNaA-1
.NA-2

I-3
.()
(A)

.KVNA
I-4
nA
.fAk-5

C ,jA

(Li) NnM
jI
J
jy
G
afM
,N
jh
ej

af
.VA
ZBu
BVM
,A
BN
BA
(B)
BZM
f ,Iv

231
ZA AfA

:mC

ef-1
.B R
,FJA
B

.B R
BvA
BnC jgC-2
N-3
eAlM
g \y ?FJA
.RDI

jgC-4
.B R
A B

VI
R ?(Li) afM B -5
.f
h

.B R
?(Li) NnM -6

RDI
g \y ?VA
(Li) afM N-7
M jq
.f
B ?VA
:iBM

B BB
I ,jZA
:VA
-C

JI
.Yi
UjA PfU-1
VI
Pjg-2
.jA
zI
PCj-3

.pBA

OUi-4
.fnI

iAfA
.BNqjDI
OjNqG-5

175.{BJnY
BI }-6
-7
.KAjI
fm

Li
176.{BA
fZA}-8
232
ZA AfA

LBNA
NC-9
.B
AgB -10
!O

O
.PC
C Li-11

.Ah C jA-12
-L

TQ
.fAk
fNA BvA
PB-1
I
B FJA M U

,xBvNaA
I
,NA
.()
I
B
A
M U
TQ -2

U
B M
aAe
(Li)
.VA
PB-3

:MD
B LjC-X
.{YjA
YjA
nI}-1

177.{iBA
A
A }-2
fYAA

178.{...
jmC hA
BZJm}-3
fJI

.C fM dC
Li-4
233
ZA AfA

pifA
IiA
IAjA

THE FORTY-FOURTH LESSON

jY
jVA
I
The Remaining Genitive Particles
A-8
AA ,(Li)
:jBrA
C
,A
BI CfNJ NA

oC BI o fI
oA

G
G jBA
), it is the Waw
of (Li
which initiates the beginning of speech, like the saying
8-Waw
of the poet:

oCBI

o fI
oA
G
G jBA
Few cities have no inmates in them
Except the gazelle, except the white camel

afM
()
B ,jzA
,jBA
(A)-9
mBI

vNb ,nA

,A
.(orA
) :B
) of the Oath. It is particular to the apparent noun and is not entered upon a
9-(A
pronoun. Therefore, you would not say: (). You could say: A (I swear) by
(I swear) by the sun.

Allah; orA

:B
(YjBM)
:
,fY (A) VA I vNb ,nA
(FM)-10

(JA
LjM)
.gBq
10-(FM) of the Oath. It is particular to the Glorious name (A) alone. Then, you
Lj
M (I swear) by the Lord of the Ka'bah, it
. Their saying: JA
would not say: YjBM
is rare.
234
ZA AfA

,BI)
.(I ,YjBI
jBA
afM ,nA
:Z ,jzA
(FI)-11
11-(FI) of the Oath. It is entered upon the apparent noun and pronoun, as in: BI (I
I (I swear) by the Most Beneficent, I (I swear) by you.

swear) by Allah; YjB
fI
VA ,AlU C LAU
ae KV
n
JU OB H ,B n NA

MD
mA
(G)
B
,(Ah
A ,eB
fl A ) :Z ,A
A
.(eB
mA
VA
Afk G A ) :Z ,nA BI LBVA

G

A
OB
,eB
:Z ,B () C (B) ae KV
fk B A )
hZ f .(fk
NM BM} :BM
,jA
eU
C ,{m jhM
A jY

.NM

I nA
mM
C ,(A
B fM G nA LAU hZ f
eB
f
fk) :Z ,

.(eB
A fk) :Z ,LAVA
C ,lU
For the oath, a reply or requital is necessary. It is a sentence which is sworn upon. If it
upon it in the nominal and verbal sentence, as
is positive, it is required to enter Lam

in: eB
A (I swear) by Allah I will certainly
fl A (I swear) by Allah Zaid is just; D
) is produced in the nominal sentence in reply to an oath, as in:

do as such, just as (G

eB
Afk G A (I swear) by Allah surely Zaid is just.

If the oath is negative, it is required to enter (B) or () upon it, as in: eB

fk B A (I

swear) by Allah, Zaid is not just; fk A (I swear) by Allah, Zaid is not standing. At
times, the particle of negation is elided due to the existence of an indicator (of

negation), as in His, the Exalted's saying: {m
jhM NM BM} "By Allah, you will not
179
.
cease to remember Yusuf..."

In other words: NM
At times, the reply to the oath is elided, if that which it indicates upon precedes it, as

in: A eB
fk Zaid is just, By Allah. Or the oath is median between a part, meaning
the reply, as in: eB

A fk Zaid, By Allah, is just.
235
ZA AfA
,()-12
.(pA
Oi) :Z ,kBV
nA
Oi
nA
I shot the arrow from the bow.
12-(), it is for transversing, as in: pA

fk) :Z ,Nm
.(\nA
()-13

fk Zaid is upon the roof.
13-(), it is for elevation, as in: \nA

()
,()

B
:R ,KBVA
) f
ae AgG g ,mA
I
OnU)
.(pjA
Ol) :R , I () .(
Sometimes, ( ) are both nouns. That is when () is entered upon either of them.
I sat on his
Then, () is in the meaning of a (particular) side, like:
OnU

Ol I descended from the
right-side. () is in the meaning of above, like: pjA
horse.

(BA)-14

.{ 6q R
:Z ,JrN
o} :BM ,fAk ,(j
fk)

:jBrA
BmA f
ejJB
rA
A
uA
OZM
Zz
A

14-(BA), it is for comparison, as in:j

fk Zaid is like 'Amr. (It is also)

extraneous, like in His, the Exalted's saying: { 6q R
o} "Nothing like a
likeness of Him." 180 At times, it is a noun, like the saying of the poet:
uA
rA
A
OZM
They laugh like the coldness of the wolf
ejJB
A
Zz
under the winds of smelling noses

B) BJq
M
NCi
,(h
B ,yBA
AfNI
B
h)-16-15
BlA
,jyBZA
.(KUi
h
C ,(B
,Bjq
h
h NCi B) :Z
j
Bjq
.B
236
ZA AfA
15-16-(h h), they are for the beginning period of time in the past, just as you

B I have not seen him since Rajab. (It is also for

KUi
would say in Sha'ban:
h NCi
B I haven't seen him
the) adverbial meaning in the present, as in: Bjq
h NCi

since our (this) month; B
...since our day.
h
FU)
,BRNm
a A
:Z
Af fk
(a Af BqBY)-19-18-17
.(jBq
BqBY j

FU
a A
17-18-19-(a Af BqBY), is for exception, as in: fk
The people came
except Zaid; j
Af ...except 'Amr; jBq
BqBY ...except Shakir.

:ubA

jY
jVA
I

I
A C
.(Li)
NnM (Li) A

.jzA
mBI
afM ,jBA
vNb ,n
NnM ,nA
(A)

I vNb ,n
.(A) VA
NnM nA (FM)

jBA
.jzA
mA
NnM nA (FI)
afM ,n

B
Oae
,kBV
I
NnM
.()
AgG KBVA
()

I
,Nm
B
ae
.()
AgG ()
()
NnM

.fAk
,JrN
NnM (BA)

(h
.yBA
BlA
AfNI
NnM
h)
.BRNm
(a Af BqBY)
NnM
237
ZA AfA

:mC

.B R
?(Li) A B-1

AgBI-2
wNbM
A)
.BRI
g \y ?(nA

.BRI
g \y ?(nA
FM) wNbM I-3

R ?(nA
.h
FI) afM B -4
6V AgB-5
fI
?n
g `jqG
AgB ?nA
.RDI

U
g \y ?nA
A afM N-6
.RDI

R
g jgC
(B) ae
?nA
.
U
()
KV
N-7

R ?N ?nA
.h
LAU hZ -8

B-9
.g
BR PB
?()

-10

NnM
.BRI
g \y ?()
g I ?mA
.RDI
( ) N-11

R ?(B) NnM -12
.h

PB
.g RC
h) NnM -13
?(h

.B R
?(Af BqBY) NnM
6q -14
238
ZA AfA
:iBM

MD
,jZA
\y
:VA
B BB
XjbNmG-C

orA
181.{BBZy
}-1
}-2
182.{NlA
NA

BM-3
.jv

BI-4
.Ah M
Ah IDI-5
?\Zu
On aDI-6
.eBI

PfIC-7

jrA
.UjA

LBNA-8
.fzA
O-9
.iBn

m
G
PBJz
.BjM

SIC-10

fm-11
.fmB

.jq
OM B-12
h

h
.Nm
iC -13
FU-14
BqBY eA
.fBa

Af LA OCi-15
.fm
-L
.f
FJA
FNA
ABI
nC-1
NmA
PB-2
()
NU
,
B
()
B
M
M NU
I
.KBVA
kBVA
239
ZA AfA
U
BBI
.f
Jq-3

PB-4
I
.jA
NU
(h h) B

U
.f
(Af BqBY)_I RNmG-5

:MD
B LjC-X
}-1
183.{Vm
AgG A
ZzA

Li
.JA
Pl-2

A
184.{ZM
B }-3

h
.
NCi B-4
Af jNmG-5

.BA
240
ZA AfA

IiA
oBbA
pifA

THE FORTY-FIFTH LESSON

JrA
BI
jZA
Particles Resembling a Verb

B jJbA
jM
,mA
VA afM jY :BI
,Oj
mA
JrA jZA
KvN
C G :Nm
O D
. _

B BG)
:M
.(fk
,BA
afM
hY
,A
BN
,BA
(B)
BZM
f

I VA
jM
inA (G)
.BfM
C A
Particles resembling a verb are particles entered upon a nominal sentence, they make
the noun accusative
and the Khabar nominative, as you are aware. They are six particles:

( ,_
,O ,D ,C ,G).
would say: fk B BG Only Zaid stood.

) with Kasrah does not alter the meaning of the sentence, rather, it
Know that (G
At times, (BA B) is attached to the particle. At that time, it is entered upon verbs, you
emphasizes it.

jn
B (G)
:MD
KV
h
,ejA
Y
,jJbA
mA
YNA (C)

AgG-1
Afk
.(B
G)
AfNIA
B
:Z ,A

,A
.{jI
BG } :BM
fI-2
G hA

,uA
.(fNV
FU) :Z
fI-3

Afk
.(B
G)
OB AgG-4
:Z ,A BjJa
241
ZA AfA
) with Fathah, with the noun and Khabar, are in the ruling of the singular. Due
Know that (C
) in that which follows:

to that, it is required to give Kasrah to (G
1-When it is in the beginning of speech, as in: B

Afk G Surely Zaid is standing.
"He says: Surely she is

BG }
2-After a saying, like His, the Exalted's saying: {jI
a cow..." 185

G hA
3-After the Relative Noun, as in: fNV
He who came to me is certainly a
FU
jurist.

is in its Khabar, as in: B

4-When Lam
Afk G Surely Zaid is standing.
\N KV
l
B (G)
:MD
Afk C I)
:Z ,B
O AgG-1
.(B

,
:Z
C Oj)
.(B
O AgG-2

JVC)
BBz O AgG-3
.(yB
C iBNqA
:Z ,G

,CfNJ
C f)
:Z
.(B
O AgG-4

Afk
.(B
C OJV)
:Z ,ijV O AgG-5

Bf C ) :Z ,() fI-6
.(fa

C ) :Z ,() fI-7
.(N
jyBY
Fathah
on the Hamzah of (G) is required in that which follows:

1-When (the particle) occurs as a subject,186 as in: B
Afk C I
It was conveyed
to me that Zaid is a scholar.
I disliked that you are standing.

2-When it occurs as an object, as in: B
C Oj
3-When it occurs a Mudaf

Ilaihi,
as
in:
yB
C iBNqA
The fame that you are
JVC
virtuous surprised me.
242
ZA AfA

4-When it occurs as the Mubtada, as in: B
With me it is that you are
C f
standing.

5-When it occurs as a genitive, as in: B
Afk C
OJV
I was surprised in that Zaid
is standing.

6-After ( ), as in: fa
Bf C Had you surely been with us, I would have
served you.

7-After ( ), as in: N
jyBY
C Had he not been present, I would have surely
informed you.
G) :Z ,A
ZA iBJNBI
Afm
(G)
,KvA
jBI
inA
mA A kV

.(AjU
jU Bu
) with Kasrah is permissible with the nominative and
Apposition to the noun of (G
of the word in apposition) and

accusative states with consideration of the place (of I'rab

the word (itself), as in: AjU jU Bu
Afm
G Surely Sa'eed is fasting and Ja'far. 187

:ubA

O D C G)
.( _
JrA jZA
: ,Nm BI

jM

VA afM jZA h
,mA
.jJbA
mA
KvN

BN
.A
,BA
(B)
BZM
f

jn
G l
IiC
:yA
KV

AgG-1
OB
.A
AfNIA

.A
fI-2

.uA
fI-3

.BjJa
A OB AgG-4
243
ZA AfA
BZN
KV
Jm
:yA

O AgG-1
.B

.
O AgG-2

AgG-3
BBz O
.G

.CfNJ O AgG-4

.ijV
O AgG-5

fI-6
.()

fI-7
.()

jA
iBJNHI
ZA
.A
(G)
KvA
mA A kV

:mC

?B
B ?BI
JrA jZA B-1

BI
g \y ?A
.RDI
JrA jZA M N-2

BRI
jM
inA (G)
VA
.g \y
OG
?
C

-3

jn
.B R
(G)
ef-4
yA
l

g BZy
.RDI
(C) l \NM N jgC-5
244
ZA AfA
iBM

Bjn
:BNA
VA
C (G)

l \N KJm I ,BjJa (G)
mA XjbNmG-C

.D fA
G-1

188.{A
fJ
G B}-2

C I-3
.jBn

Afm
C OJV-4
.jyBY
O
C -5
.OM
C O-6

.eU
-L

.in
B (G)
TQ PB-1
l M U

U
M
l
.YN
B (C)
TQ PB-2

:MD
B LjC-X

189.{mA
A
f fA G}-1

190.{J
jA
I Z A C AA }-2

BnA
191.{Kj
if
B }-3

.i A
D-4

.BY
mA
O-5
nA
245
ZA AfA

IiA
peBnA
pifA

THE FORTY-SIXTH LESSON

jZA
BI
I
JrA
The Remaining Particles Resembling A Verb
,BA
(G)
I
BI
Bj
BjJa
hY
l ,inA (G) bM f
,BBG kV hY
,{ B G } :BM
Bf
:BM
B G }

.{jzZ

G }
J
:BM
,{BA
O
G }
,BJB
bmBA
BA
afM

.{IgBA
) vowelled with Kasrah is found lightened. At that time, the Lam

in its Khabar is
At times, (G
) and (BA
G ), as in His,
required (in order to make a) distinction between (the lightened G

B
the Exalted's saying,: {
G } "(Your Lord) will most certainly pay back to all
(their deeds in full)." 192 It is permissible, at that time, to nullify (its government), as in His,

Bf
B
U
the Exalted's saying:{jzZ
G } "And all of them shall surely be brought
before Us." 193
Mostly, it is entered upon the verb (abrogating a meaning established before it), as in His,

J
the Exalted's saying: {BA

O G } "Though before this you were certainly of
"And We know you to be certainly of

those who did not know." 194 And: {IgBA
G }
the liars."195
246
ZA AfA

f YNA
mG
,OB
Ah
bM
,VA
afN ,if
BBG KV
jy
Dq
:BM
,
C ,(C) C ,(B
fk C I)
:Z
,{yj m C }
mA jNNnA
(C)
jzB
VA
.BjJa
) vowelled with Fathah. It is required that it govern the estimated Pronoun

Likewise, is (C
C I
). It is entered upon a sentence, be it nominative, as in: B

of Fact (DrA
fk
It
jy

verbal sentence, as in His, the Exalted's words: {yj
"He knows that
m C }
) and
196
there must be among you sick..."
Then, the concealed pronoun is the noun of (C
has reached me that Zaid is a scholar, in other words (C). Or (it may be entered upon) a
the sentence is its Khabar.

Afk
JrNA
Jj
(G)
,inA
B
:
,(fmC
D)
:Z
,JrN
(D)
.(fmB
Afk G)
BjfM
,B
BA
fN
OZN BG

.(fmC fk D) R ,A
N ,bM f

Afk
) is for resemblance, as in: fmC
(D
D Zaid is like a lion. It is said that it is compounded
) with Kasrah. It only becomes vowelled with Fathah due
(of resemblance) and (G
from Kaf
upon it. Its estimation is: fmB

to the precedence of the Kaf
Afk G Surely Zaid is like a lion.
Zaid is like a lion.

At times, it is lightened and nullified from government, like: fmC fk D
FU

,A
I mNM
,AifNm
A
B) :Z
fm
jBN
(_)

.(jyBY
B) :Z
kV
B
_
,AA
AeZ
fY
_
fYC
_
LB ,FU AfBa
,(fB
fY
_
Kg)
AfY
:Z
,N
bM
fYC
.(Bf
(_
) is for rectification. It is placed between two (types of) speech dissimilar in words and

AfBa
meaning, as in: FU
came;
_
fm
FU
B Sa'eed did not come to me but Hameed
_
AeZ
is
jyBY
disappeared but Mahmud
fY
LB Hameed
is present. Waw

AfY
B Ahmad stood but Hameed is sitting.
permissible with it, as in: fB
fYA
_
_
Kg

(When) it is lightened, then, it is nullified in government, as in: Bf fY
fYC
Ahmad
left but Hameed
is with us.
247
ZA AfA

(BI
I
.MC
O):Z ,N O
AfBa

(O ) is for distant hope, as in: BI

would believe in Allah, in the
AfBa
O I wish Khalid
I wish.
meaning of: MC

()
Z
:jBrA
,UjN

On ZBvA
A
KYC
BYu kj

hq
fk
)
.(B
:Z ,BI jVA
A
B Pfk () BuC ejJA
f ( C ) :PB ()
AJA

.j

) is for reasonable hope, as in the saying of the poet:

(

A
BYu kj
On ZBvA
KYC
I love the righteous while I'm not from them

Perhaps Allah will bless me with righteousness

Rarely, the state of Jarr (is produced) by it, as in: B
Perhaps Zaid is standing. In
fk

,C
,
) there are many variations in language: ( ,
,). With Mubarrid, its origin is:
(
is extraneous in it. The remainder are branches (of these forms).

() and the Lam

:ubA

hY
,BA
kV
Bj
I BI
(G)
BBG
A
BjJa
inA (G) Oa AgG
lM

Bae ,A
.BA
afM ,if
mA
VA hY
jy
Dq
YNA (C) Oa AgG
BBG KV

.A

VA YNA (C) Oae AgG
ae KV
C (f) C (m) C (nA)
A
A jY
.A
248
ZA AfA

,bM
N
.A
,JrN
(D)

Oa

M
(_)
.A
AgG
,A
jBN
I M AifNm

(O)
.N

hq
.BI jVA
,UjN ()

:mC

G Bl
B ?inA
?Oa
(G)
bM -1

R ?bNA
.h
(G)
fI
BG kV -2

.BRI
bA (G)
g \y ? C BA
afM C-3

R ?BBG KV
.h
(C) bM -4
6q C ? C YNA

VA bA (C) Oae AgG-5
g `jqG ?A
.RDI
AgB ,A
af C KV
G BY
-6
?Oa
B ?(_)bM

B
jgC-7
.B R
,( ,O ,_)
:iBM

jZA
B BB
JrA
I ,BI
:VA

-C
G }-1
J
197.{BA

Afm
G-2
.B
_
Ah-3
.y

Afk
.fmC
D-4

198.{
O B :B}-5
_

fm
Bm-6
pif
.K
249
ZA AfA
-L

U
M
TQ
.b
B (G)
PB-1

PB-2
NU
BRA
efrA
A M
.bA
(_)
(_)

U
.f
bA (D) NmG-3

O)
B U
.(_
TQ -4

:MD
B LjC-X

199.{B
Ak kD O N
B}-1

200.{l

if
B }-2

jaA
BfA
.BMBN
G-3
Af

201.{fn
Kra D
nM A G }-4
250
ZA AfA

pifA
IiA
IBnA

THE FORTY-SEVENTH LESSON

1-A
jY
Appositive Particles-1

,I
._
, ,C ,BG ,C ,NY ,Q ,FA ,AA :jr A jY
.
,AA
,FA
,Q
The appositive particles are ten: _
,I , ,C ,BG ,C ,NY
,B
B Em ,(fY
FU) :Z
.fY
C 6VA
fm
Bf fm
V (A)_
fm
FU
) is for combining, without exception, as in: fY
Sa'eed and Hameed
Then, (AA
came. It being the same that Sa'eed preceded in coming or Hameed.

fm
B) :Z
,

I Bf
I KMjN
B AgG (fZ
(FA)
.
fm
fm
B Sa'eed stood, then Hameed,
(FA) signifies sequence without delay, as in: fZ
when Sa'eed had preceded (Hameed)

without delay.

ae)
Q fk

(Q)
.
BI afBI
:Z ,I KMjN
Bf fk B AgG ,(fBa
(Q) signifies sequence with delay, as in: fBa

when Zaid
Q fk ae Zaid entered, then Khalid,
preceded in entering and between them there was a delay.

C jNr
R
.(Q)

(NY)
(Q)
C BN
C G A KMjNA

:Z
PB)
,A
NY
pBA
B
A
C ,(FJA
fM .
aAe

:Z
.(BrA
NY XBZA f)
,y
) is like (Q) in sequence and delay except that its delay is less than (Q). It is conditional
(NY
that its appositive is entered into (word to which apposition is made). It conveys a
pBA
People die, even prophets. Or (it
PB
strengthening of the apposition, as in: FJA
NY
NY
XBZA f The pilgrims arrived, even the walking.
conveys its weakness, as in: BrA
251
ZA AfA
.(CjA
C UjI
(C BG C)
BG (BG)
Pij)
:Z
,I
jA
fY
ZA
PJR

,(ej
C kV
:Z
BG Wk
,jaC
BG efA)
(BG)
fN
B
fM
AgG
jY M

:Z

,(C)
BG fk)
.(KMBI
(BG)
o C KMB
(C ,BG ,C ) signify the establishment of a ruling for one of two matters not in itself, as in:

I passed by a man or a woman. (BG) is only an appositive particle when it is
C UjI
CjA
Pij
BG Xk
Numbers are either even or either odd.
BG efA
preceded by another (BG), as in: ej

Zaid is either a writer
It is permissible to precede (BG) over (C ), as in: KMBI
BG fk
o C KMB
or he is not a writer.

:ubA

,I
._
, ,C ,BG ,NY ,Q ,FA ,C ,AA : A
jY

.B V
(AA)
(FA)
I KMjNA
V
.
KMjN
(Q)
.

.C
,BG ,C)
(C
ZA
PJR
BN
C
G
A
KMjNA
(Q)
R (NY)
fY

jA
.I

,I
(_
A
MDm

.BM
Fq G eBA
, ,C) SfZA
pifA
252
ZA AfA

:mC

A jY ef-1
.f
BaeC

R ?(AA) NnM N-2
.h
66q -3
FA! NnM
g \y ?A
.RDI
(Q
B ?A
AgB-4
jA
?(Q)
I BI
RC
g `jqG
fM
.f
(NY)

.B R ?A
(C ,BG ,C) fM AgB-5

jY
?
(BG) M N-6
:iBM

I ,jZA
:BNA
XjbNmG-C
VA
BMfB
fm
jBm-1
.fBa

202.{BBu
B iB
C Bn
C}-2
g f

Q
AfBa
ae-3
.fm

203.{Ai
BG JnA
BG AjBq
Bf BG}-4

C-5
Ah PCj
?Ag C LBNA

C LBNA
ha-6
.VA

G KhM C C jBnM
C BG-7
.
253
ZA AfA
:BNA
BJmB
jY y-L
PBAjA

.YBnA...............vA
OCi-1

OeC-2
.OJg................
PCj-3
.VA..............LBNA

..............UjA
.jUBM.........jJ
Ah-4

B-5
.N zM ,CjM..........KNM C........fm
KB
.pif..........OC

C-7

:MD
B LjC-X

J
:B
.n
A-1

Q bA
204.{f
CfJ C}-2

C MD
B C if
?
-3

205.{jaC
BC
jm
C Bzj
B }-4
f

BG iBVNA
.NA
BG jNaG-5
254
ZA AfA

IiA
BRA
pifA

THE FORTY-EIGHTH LESSON

2-A
jY
Appositive Particles-2
:n
(C)

BI Dn
M
fYC
PJRI
BnA
,jA
,BJ
BfYC
B :vN-1
B
(BG C)
bI
PJRI
H
.uC BfYC
BI BnA

jNr
:iC
QQ BBNmA
(C) is of two types:
1-Conjunctive (vN
): It is that which is inquired about (by means of the particle) in
distinguishing one of two matters while the inquirer is knowledgeable of the
establishment of one of the two in an ambiguous manner, in variance to (BG C ).

Then, the questioner (utilizing these) two originally does not know of the
establishment of one of them.
Conditional in its usage are three matters:

C f
fmC)
:Z
,l
.(?fY
BJ M C :A

B QB
B
h
G C
fI
,lA
fI
BfI B C :BRA
fI
mA lA
(C)

C fBa
BC) :Z
:B (?eB
,h
C Afm
OCiC)
B
G ,j B
f

.(?AfV

BZ
BNmA
PJQ C :SBRA
,NA
BG
,BnA
f
fYC

jA
jUC)
C KU h
,NBI

(C)
e
LAU
C f
: AgH ,() C ()

AgG BC ,BfYC
NI
.() C ()
IAV (BG C)_I m
IAV (?fBa
255
ZA AfA
C Is Sa'eed with you or

C f
fm
First: That Hamzah occurs before it, as in: fY
Hameed?
Second: That which follows it is similar to that which follows Hamzah, meaning if a
noun follows Hamzah, then likewise following (C) is a noun, as has passed. If it was a
C fBa
verb (following the particle) it is likewise, as in: ?eB

stand or
BC Did Khalid
f
Did you see Sa'eed or Majeed? 206
'Adil
sit? It is not said: AfV
OCiC
C Afm
Third: That the establishment of one of two matters is realized with the questioner
(who) is only asking regarding distinguishing (one of these two matters). Due to that, it
is required that the reply to (C) distinguishes (one of the two matters), unlike ( ) or
C f
jU
C Is Ja'far with you or Khalid?
(). When it is said: fBa

Then, the reply is to
distinguish one them. Regarding when asked with (BG C ), then, the reply is ( ) or
().

C I
B g ,(?Bq
(I) I :-2
BG) :Z ,lA

vY
,Bq BC rA
Q ,A Jm
OCi
(I BG)
:O ,fI BZJq

~AjA
(Bq

,A
I) B jaE Am
iBJaA
fvM
C)
:O
BNmA

C
.(?Bq

:Z
fC)
B jJbA
,BNmA
C fYC
,j
G
(C) NnM

f
.(?eZ

C I
in: Bq
BG Certainly it's camels or is it sheep? That is as if you saw an image

from afar and said: I
BG Certainly it's a camel, in a manner of certainty. Then, you
C Or is it sheep? You
became doubtful that it could be sheep, then you say: Bq
): (When combined) with Hamzah, it is in the meaning of (I), as

2-Disjunctive (
intend to disclaim the first information

and initiate another question anew, (the new
question's) meaning being: Bq C I Rather, is it sheep?

() H

ZA PJR
I ) NnM
KU
B
M
(_
.B jA fY

,A
,BRA
FU)
I fYC FU)
:Z
fM (I) (fV
:Z
LAjyA
fm
B) :Z
_
FU

,eZ
,(eZ
,AifNm
fBa
I B
fm
.(
(_)
256
ZA AfA
(_
I ,) are utilized to establish a ruling being distinguished for one of two matters. ()
I
came to me, not Majeed. (I) signifies abandonment of the first, as in: eZ
fYC FU

Ahmad
came to me, rather Mahmud
. Its meaning is: eZ FU I Rather, Mahmud

came.
(_
did not stand.
) is for rectification, as in: fBa
_
fm
B Sa'eed stood but Khalid
negates for the second that which is required for the first, as in: fV
FU
Sa'eed
fm

:ubA
:A
NM
jY

BNmA
:n
vN
:iC
.
QQ vNA
jNr
(C)

.l
BfNM C-1

B QB
BfI B C-2
fI
.lA

BZ
PJQ
.BnA
f
C-3
jA fYC

.BNmA
C
jJbA
G
(C) NnM

A
(_
,I ,) NnM
.B
jA
fY
ZA
PJR

:mC

(C)_I Dn 6q C -1
?A
(C) I BI jA B ?vNA

.B R
g `jqG ?(C) BNmA
B-2
jq
g \y ?
KV
.RDI
AgB
?(C)
NnA B-3

m
B-4
AgG LAVA
?(BG C)_I

.BRI
(C) B-5
g \y ?A

.B R
g I ?A
(C) NnM 6q -6

R ?(_
,I ,) NnM 6q -7
.h

.g
BR PB
B-8
?()
257
ZA AfA
:iBM

:VA
XjbNmG-C
I jZA
B BB
C fm
iAfA
?fBa
C-1

G-2
?UAi
C JAh
fm
jBm-3
.fBa
_
nC
AB
207.{
B }-4
B

G
I B
yC
G}-5
:BNA
BJmB
BjY y-L
PBAjA

OjNqG-1
.V............BIBN
FU-2
.fm..............fY

-3

.............?jBn

-4
...............
Ci
.M
h-5
.............ffU

:MD
B LjC-X

209.{BBI FnA
C Ba
fqC
NCC}-1
C}-2
I U
I
FU
210.{ZBI
A
jC-3
.BA
_
Cj-4
fm
fBa
LBNA
.Cj
C-5
B C Al

ei
?() A

208.{Jm
258
ZA AfA

pifA
IiA
mBNA

THE FORTY-NINTH LESSON

JNA
jY
Particles of Notice

Oy
jY
jY
,C ,BC) :QQ ,ZA
6
q
M
,KBbA
JN
:JNA
.(B
The Particles of Notice are particles coined to give notice to the one spoken to in
order
that he should not miss something of the (sentence's) ruling. They are three: (B ,C ,BC).
Z ,OB mG
LlY G C} :BM
G (BC C) afM
,VA

C ,{ZA
.(LjzM
BC ,M C) :Z ,
(C ,BC) are only entered upon a sentence, be it a nominal sentence, as in His, the

A
Exalted's saying: {ZA
LlY G C} "Now surely the party of Allah they are the

successful ones." 211 Or, be it a verbal sentence, as in: M
C You should not do it; BC
Do not strike.
LjzM

afM
:
(B)
B) :Z
,U
fk

.(B
,ejA
.(

Ah) :Z
(B) is entered upon:
A sentence, as in: B
A singular word,
B Zaid is standing.
fk
as in: Ah This;
These.
259
ZA AfA

EfA
jZA
Vocative Particles

:na
EfA
jY

.Kj
B (C) (YNA lA) 2-1
B (B BC) 4-3
.fJ

f mNA
Kj
.BBYC Pj
fJA
(B)-5

.
,YNA
lA
The Vocative Particles are five: B ,B ,BC ,C

1-2: Hamzah vowelled with Fathah
(YNA lA) and (C) for the near.
3-4: (B ,BC) They are both for the remote.

5: (B) It is for the near, the remote and median. Its rules have already passed.

LBVA
jY

Particles of Reply

:Nm
UC G I )
LBVA
.(G jU
jY

,UC
The Particles of Reply are six: (G ,jU
,G ,I ,).

C B BNJR ,IBm
.B

() BC
jjN
), then, it is for affirming previous speech, be it positive or negated.
Regarding (

(I)
AB IjI
,{I
OnC}
:BM
BNmA
B
Em
,A
LBVBI
wNbM

f C (I
O ,fk
.B
) :B B AejV C
(I) is particular to replies to negation, the same whether it is with interrogation, as in His,

212
AB IjI
the Exalted's saying: {I
OnC} "Am I not your Lord, they said: yes," or it is

devoid of interrogation as it is said: I O ,fk Zaid did not stand, I said: yes, in other
words: B f He had stood.
260
ZA AfA

jY
(?Ah B
) AgG B ,nA
G
Nn
,()
I
LAU
(G)
G)
.(A
:M
). It is only used with an oath, as when it is

(G) is a Particle of Reply in the meaning of (
Is it as such? You would say: A G Yes, by God!

said to you: ?Ah B

Ah fuC
.jJbA
C (G jU
UC)

,jU

(G
,UC), in others words, I affirm you in this information.

:ubA

Oy
jY
B :JNA
,C ,BC) :QQ ,ZA
6
q
M
,KBbA
JN
.(B

.(YNA
lA ,G ,B ,BC ,B) :na
EfA
jY

.(G ,jU
,UC ,G ,I ,) :Nm LBVA
jY

:mC

jY ef-1
.B R
,Oy I ,JNA

C -2
.h R ?(BC ,C) afM VA

g \y ?VA
C ejA
(B) afM

.RDI
-3

RC
BI eB
.f
B-4
?EfA
jY

vNbA
?fJBI
B ?KjBI
EfA
jY B-5
vNbA

R
jNrA
.
?mNA KjA
EfA
jY B-6
fJA
261
ZA AfA

.U
?LBVA
jY
B-7
B R

R ?() NnM -8
.h

wNbM I-9
.B R
?(I)

NA
NnM
?fvN
LBVA
jY
B-10
.B R
?(G)
NnM -11
:iBM

-C
J-1
.U
JNA
jZI

jNrA
fJA
KjBI
.BI
jZBI
mNA
vNbA
eB-2
LBVA
:BNA
-L
VA
B
jY

?Afm
OCi -1
.

213.I
A
?{fJ
BI
oC}-2

.IC G ?OJA
BC-3

jBm-4
.G ?fm

.UC ?e
f-5

.jU
?|j
-6

?B
.I
DM C-7
262
ZA AfA

:MD
B LjC
B
C-1
J n
?m

214.{I
AB ,jh
MD
C}-2

215.{Ii
G
YC JNn
}-3
?BmjA
-4
OJN
.

.UC ?y f-5
263
ZA AfA
nbA
pifA

THE FIFTIETH LESSON

fAlA
jZA
Extraneous Particles

:Jm
jY .BhZI
A jN SZI A fAk
G)
fAlA
jZA
|I M f
FJA B C
.A
Some of the Extraneous Particles occur in speech whereas the meaning
is not altered by

its elision. The Extraneous Particles are seven: (A ,FJA , , ,B ,C ,G).
eAlM

:(G)
G B) :Z
,BA
fk
(B) -1
.(B

ae

.(OA
G B u) :Z ,ifvA
(B) -2

OnU
G B)
.(OnU
:Z ,(B) -3
(G) is extraneous:
fk G B Zaid is not standing.

1-With (B) of Negation, as in: B
ae G B u Pray whenever entering the time.

2-With (B) Masdariyyah,
as in: OA
G B When you sat, I sat.

OnU
), as in: OnU
3-With (B
:(C) eAlM

:BM
-1
Z ,(B)
FU C B}
.{jrJA

O
C A
.(O
) :Z ,() nA (A)
I-2
264
ZA AfA
(C) is extraneous:

C B}
"So when a bearer of
), as in His, the Exalted's saying: {jrJA
FU
1-With (B
good news came..." 216

) of the Oath and ( ), as in: O O C A
2-Between the (AA
By God, if you
stand, I stand.

:(B) eAlM

Ah .(Ou Ou BgG) :M B (jrA

G C C N gG) -1
.AJA

BJ}
jY
Z ,jVA
Yi
.{A
|I fI-2
:BM
(B) is extraneous:
,C
,N
Ou
BgG Whenever you
G ,C
,gG ) as you would say: Ou
1-With (jrA
fasted, I fasted.
), as in His, the Exalted's saying:

jY
2-After some of the Genitive Particles (jVA
BJ}
{A
Yi
"Thus it is due to mercy from Allah"
217

: () eAlM

FU
fY
,A
B) :Z
.(eZ
fI (AA)
-1

Z

.{MjC
gG fVnM C B} :BM
,ifvA
(C) fI-2

,{AA
,nA
.nC
oBI
nC
BA
I
nC
} :BM

J-3

() is extraneous infrequently:
FU
fY
) and negation, as in: eZ
B Hameed
1-With (AA
did not come nor
Mahmud
.

B}
C
B), as in His, the Exalted's saying: {MjC
gG fVnM
2-Following (ifvA
"What hindered you so that you did not make obeisance when I commanded
you..." 218
265
ZA AfA
nC
nC
3-Before oaths, as in His, the Exalted's saying: {AA
oBI
I
}
,BA
"Nay, I swear by the day of resurrection; Nay, I swear by the self-accusing
soul..." 219 It is in the meaning of: nC

I swear.
jVA
(A
f
FJA )
fM
jY
BC
.Bf
Bjg

Regarding (A ,FJA
,), their mention has preceded in the Genitive Particles, therefore
we will not repeat it.

ifvA
jZA
Particles Resembling the Masdar
OBy
,A
V B
} :BM
.(C C B) :QQ ifvA
jZA
~iA
:jBrA
,BJYjI
C
,{OJYi
BI
Kg B jA
BIBg IBg
B
BA
jn

(C)
LAU B B} :BM
.{AB C G

:Z ,mA
O
C ,(B
C O)
V (C)
.B
,C ,B). The first two are for verbal

Particles resembling the Masdar
are three: (C

BI ~iA
sentences, as in His, the Exalted's saying: {OJYi
OBy } "The earth became

strait to you not withstanding its spaciousness."
And the saying of the poet:

BIBg IBg
B
Man enjoys the passing of the nights
220
In other words, with its spaciousness.

Kg B jA
BA
jn
While their passing for him is a loss

:ubA

A
jY
,FJA , ,B ,C ,G) :Jm .B jN
OhY
AgG
NA
:fAlA
.(A

.(C ,C ,B) :QQ ifvA
jZA
266
ZA AfA

:mC

R
jY B-1
.BMeBl
?fAlA
eAlM
N-2
g \y ?(C)

.RDI

.BR
(G)
eAjG
jgC-3
eBk eiA

jZA
VI
R ?(B) eAlM
.f
C -4
h

AgB -5
VI
.f
?g ?() eAlM
g jgC

,ifvA
.f
BaeC
jZA ef-6

I-7
R ?BNifvA
.h
(C B) wNbM

.B R
g \y ? C BBI
(C) wNbM -8
:iBM

U I ,eBlA
jY
MD
:VA
B
BMeBk
XjbNmG-C
OnU
B N-1
.OnU
jBm
fm
B-2
.fBa
221.{BA
nC
I
}-3

.g M
C ei B-4
PjBm
C B-5
.PjBm

OMC
C A
.OMC
-6
267
ZA AfA
:MD
B -L

U
TQ-1
.fAk
(G)
B
M

B eAlM
NU-2
.(C)

U
.fAk
B () M
TQ-3

U
.ifv
(B C C)
B M
TQ PB-4
M
:ifvBI
I ,BNA
jZA XjbNmG-X
VA ifvA
.jBn
C O-1
fB
C : B-2
AJNM
.

222.{
Oe B Afq
O }-3

.jB
C OCi-4

.Bmi G KN C Oa-5

:MD
B LjC-e

223.{BjY
fu jY
}-1
Ne B jJA

kM
.vA
C jm-2

224.{N
B
ll}-3
_
BJ G B-4
JU
.BjaE
e BBB

.NjNYA OMC C A -5

225.{
Oe B Afq
O }-6
268
ZA AfA
nbA
eBZA
pifA

THE FIFTY-FIRST LESSON

jnNA
BjY
The Two Particles of Explanation

.(C C) :B

(C)
(C)_
.jA C jnM :O D ,jA C C {...NA jA DmA

} BM

gG (C B)
B C BeB } :BM
,A
:B ,{AjIG
I I jn BG
,A

.B

C
Then, (C) is like His, the Exalted's saying: jA
C {NA
jA DmA
} "And inquire in the
town which...,"
226

C
meaning, the people of the town. Like your having said: jA
jnM
) only explains with it a verb in the meaning of

It's explanation is the people of the town. (C
}
"And We called out him
B C BeB
a saying, as in His, the Exalted's saying: {AjIG
B We said to him that..., when it is the

227
saying: O Ibrahim!"
Therefore, it is not said: C
word of the saying not the meaning.

jY
|zZNA

Particles of Incitement

,A
jY
SY BB
ifu
B
,B
)
:
IiC
|zZNA

Oae
Oae G jM
) :Z ,yBA

AgG A
,(DM ) :Z ,iBzA

,(Afk
hY
G
B A
.j
G
afM
.PB
B
iBJNBI
BzzZM
OjC

G
BfI
B jv M B ,
Pjv C ,Afm
.Afm
iByHJ
,mA

BlU ,Jj BU
jY ifvA
jY jrA jY A lVA ,A
jY BRA

.BNmA
269
ZA AfA
The Particle of Incitement are four: (B , ,C ,). They require initiating speech. Its
meaning is to incite an action when entered upon the present-tense, as in: DM You're
not eating? (It has the meaning of) censure and rebuke when entered upon the

past-tense, as in: Afk OjC
You did not honor Zaid? At that time, it is not incitement
except in consideration of that which has passed. It is only entered upon a verb, as has
passed. If a noun occurs after it, then, it is with the concealment of a verb, just as you

would say to he who helped a people: Afm
Why not Sa'eed? Meaning in other words:

Afm
Pjv Why didn't you help Sa'eed?
All of them are compounds. Its second part is a Particle of Negation and its first part is a
Conditional Particle, a Particle Resembling a Masdar
or Particle of Interrogation.
VA BNA
,jaE B (B )
VA eU
) :Z
BRA
,A

(j
.AfIC mA
BC NU G XBNZ hY
(B ) both have another meaning. It is the obstruction of the second sentence due to

the existence of the first sentence, as in: j

Had there been no 'Ali, surely
'Umar would have been destroyed.

:ubA

(C)
jNr

(C C) :jnNA
jnNA
A
.
BjY

Oae
jY
AgG jNA
,iBzA
A
Oae
AgG
SZA
fM
jY
:|zZNA

.yBA

afM
,A
ifu
G
M
(B
,
,C
,)
:jY
IiC |zZN

,A
VA eU
,jaE (B )_ .A
fI hY
eU
BRA
BNA

.AfIC mA
A VA M C
270
ZA AfA

:mC

U
B
,jnNA
.f
aeC
jY jgC-1

I ,|zZNA
jY
B
.VA
ef-2

B-3
jY

R ?iBzA
.h
Oae
AgG
|zZNA

jY
Oae AgG |zZNA
.B R
?yBA

fM AgB-4

jY

.BRI
|zZNA
afM -5
g \y ?mA

-6
(B )_
BR
j
fU

jgC ?|zZNA
.

:iBM

B BB
,jnNA
I ,|zZNA
:VA
jY -C

OJA
m-1
.OJA
C C ,yA
B C OeB-2
BM fm
.

?BaC OjC
-3

KhM C-4
G
?jyBZA

jJrM
?jA
-5

jrNA
-6
B ()
m
.mA
fZ
B-7
.OJmj
271
ZA AfA
-L

.(C C)_I AjnM
PB-1
NU

U
:f
(B , , ,C) aeC-2

:MD
B LjC-X

228.{
A
C JZM
j
C}-1

Kj UC G
229.{...fuD
}-2

MjaC

NC
qC C $-3
.#AnBI
Mj

aC fMj
-4
.

230.{A
uA C G BYD}-5
272
ZA AfA
nbA
BRA

pifA
THE FIFTY-SECOND LESSON

jY
BNmA
BjY NA
The Particle of Anticipation and the Two Particles of Interrogation
:Z
Ki
,BZA
f)
jY
G
JjN
yBA
af jY :(f) NA

Ah .BzC
C \v
yBA
lM
KjNA
jY Om g U
,Ah J C ,(jA
B )
:B LAU N
B f ?fk
6V
,Bn
f .BY
BIAU B AgG fDN

.(fk
The Particle of Anticipation (f): it is a particle entered upon the past-tense verb in order to
make it closer (in time) to the present, as in: jA

Ki
f The Ameer just rode, meaning just
before this. Due to that, it is termed the Particle of Approximation also. For this, the
past-tense is required to be suitable to occur in the present-tense. At times, it comes for
the meaning of emphasis, when it is a reply to an inquirer. Therefore, you would say in

reply to he who said: fk B Did Zaid stand? fk B f Zaid already stood.

f LhA
,iBzA
G ,fv
G)
:Z
fN

f eAVA
.(jN
(f) afM
,NA
A
,ZN
.{A
f} :BM
f
6V

A
.(OnYC
f) :Z ,nBI
I BI vA kV
A

,jA
Z
BfI
A
eU
:jBrA
f
hZ

C j
YjNA
fC
lM
f D
BBYjI
B
BIBi
f D
C
.OAk
273
ZA AfA
(f) is entered upon the present-tense verb, then, it signifies lessening, as in:
f LhA
G ,fv
G
f eAVA
jN
Surely the liar sometimes is truthful, surely the generous is sometimes slacking.
A f} "Allah
At times, it comes for realization, as in His, the Exalted's saying: {A
231
knows indeed those among you who hinder others..."
A separator with an oath is
permissible between (f) and a verb, as in: OnYC A f By God, you did good.
Sometimes, due to an indicator, the verb following (f) is elided, as in the saying of the
poet:

lM B
f D
BBYjI
BIBi
C
YjNA

fC
The time of travel approached except that our mounts

Had not started our journey and it was as though it had already ceased.

BNmA
BjY
The Two Particles of Interrogation

:Z
,A
fkC)
VA
afM
mA
?B
,A
ifu B ,( lA)

BNmA
Bae .(?fk B
jRC A
.A
jR

kV yA
Afk LjzMC
lA NnM f
?OCi AfkC) :Z ,B () BNmA

C f
jUC
?aC
h
()
NnM ,(B C ,B C) ;(?fY
.yAA

) Both initiate speech and both are entered upon nominal and verbal sentences,
( lA

C Is Zaid standing? ?fk
B
fk
as in: ?B
Did Zaid stand? Mostly, they entered upon
verbal sentences due to the excess of interrogation about actions.

C
Did you see Zaid? ?aC
Afk LjzM
C; Did you strike Zaid while he is your brother? jU
C f
Is Ja'far with you or Hameed? B
C ,B C Or who was, then who was?
fY

() is not used in these situations.232
Afk C
At times, Hamzah is used in situations wherein it is not allowed to use (), as in: OCi
274
ZA AfA

:ubA

,iBzA
af
.BZA
G
JjM
f
,yBA
af M
jY (f)

vA
I I
A
f ,NA
MD
.nBI
kV ,BzC ZN

BjY
mA
,A
ifu
B
B
,(
lA)
:BNmA
VA af

A

.() B NnM yA
lA NnM ,AjR

:mC

jY
?NA
B-1

R ?KjNA
.h
N-2
(f) NnM

(f)
.BRI
NnM -3
g \y ?fDN

B-4

.BRI
Oae
AgG
(f)
g I ?iBzA

eBNn
(f)
-5
R ?ZNA
.h

I vA
.g
BR PB
(f)
kV -6
?A

R ?(f) fI A
.h
hY kV N-7

?BNmA
jY B-8

BNmA
kV NA
eiAA
?()
e B lA
B-9
275
ZA AfA
:iBM

I-C
:BNA
VA
(f) B

.IC Kg f-1

iBNA
.BIjA
f-2
f-3
FU
.jBnA

.PfUC A f-4
FU-5
6V
.nY
f fm

C mA
: B A
VA OaeC I ,BNmA
jY -L
KNC-1
?pifA
-2
fm
?iAfA
?FU fZC-3
B C-4
f
?Y
jJa

fC-5
?\Zu

OM -6
?AjA
Ou
-7
?jrA
jaE

:MD
B LjC-X
233.{BBk \C f}-1

f-2
.vA
OB

234.{BY Ii
}-3
f B MfU

G
235.{BnYA
AlU }-4
BnYA

236.{ifu
`jr C}-5
276
ZA AfA
pifA
nbA
SBRA

THE FIFTY-THIRD LESSON

jY
jrA
Conditional Particles
,NU
B
fYA
af ,A
ifu B (BC G)
:QQ jrA jY
C BNB NmA
.NNb
C N
G ). For these are (the requirement) of initializing
Conditional Particles are three: (BC
speech. Each one is entered upon two sentences, be they two nominal or two verbal
sentences or two differing sentences.

,(jD
G) :Z ,yBA
,yB
()
Oae G ,BJNm
A
(G)_
Mik
Oae G
) :Z ,iBzA
.(NjC ilM

jrA
jY
OC G)
.(NjD
jAk
:Z
,AjfM
C
,j
B
B
A
Bl
R
,B
rA
iA
O G ME) :B (O O G)
(G)
NnM

VA fM () .(orA O AgG ME)
B BG ,(orA
KJnI BRA

A
}
A VA
.{BMfn
G E B
B
:BM
) is for the future although entered upon the past-tense verb, as in: NjC
ilM
(G
G If you
visit me, I will honor you. ( ) is for the past-tense although entered upon the

ilM
present-tense verb, as in: NjC
Had you visited me, I would have honored you.
Conditional
Particles
require a verb, be it a literal or estimated (verb), as has passed, as

in: NjD jAk

OC G If you are my visitor, then I will honor you.
277
ZA AfA
) is only used in doubtful matters like: O O G If you stand, I'll stand. Therefore, it is
(G
AgG ME
not said: orA O G ME I'll come to you if the sun rises. It can only be said: O
I will come to you when the sun rises. ( ) signifies the negation of the second
orA
sentence by reason of the negation of the first sentence, as in His, the Exalted's saying:

A
"If there had been in them any gods except Allah, they would
{BMfn
G E B
B }
both have certainly been in a state of disorder."
237

AgG

A
C KV
jY af hA
nA
jrA fM A A

NMC
G A ) :Z , C ,(Nj
G A ) :Z ,B ByB
MDM
jrA

BIAU
,jr
AlU ,n
VA M hY
,(jV
B KU h
A
BRA
OCi
.BRA
B BZ
A nA LAU
B
KV
G)
MDM
:Z
,
BI
LAVA
DI
,nA
jJN
C
kBU
A
m
nA
AgG

C kBU
,(NM
:Z
,
A MDM
G)
A
.(NMC
When an oath occurs in the beginning of speech and precedes the condition, it is
required that the verb which
the conditional particle is entered upon is a literal past-tense

verb, as in: Nj NMC
G A By God, if you come to me I will honor you. Or a
MDM
(past-tense verb) in meaning, as in: jV
G A By God, had you come to me, I
certainly would separate from you. At that time, the second sentence in the expression is
a reply to the oath nor the requital of the condition. Due to that, whatever is required in
and similar matters as you
the requital is required in the reply to the oath from the Lam
have seen in the two examples.
When the oath occurs in the middle of speech, it is permissible to consider that the reply

is for the oath, as in: NM
with Lam
A MDM
G If you come to me, by God I will come to
MDM
you. It is also permissible to nullify (the requirement of Lam),

as in: NMC
G .

,V
hA
q
(BC)
BC fm
pBA ) :Z
B vN
BC VA
Afm
jg

.(iBA
Aq hA
) is for the details of that which was mentioned in general, as in:

(BC
278
ZA AfA
hA
BC fm
q
pBA
iBA
Aq hA BC VA Afm
People are wretched and Sa'eed is either of those who ascend, then he is in paradise.
Regarding those who are wretched, then they are in the hell-fire.
KVM
:IAU

.FA-1

BJJm
.BR
A C-2

C
BJM
fI jrA C -B hZ C-3
BI evA
-

BC)
fk
jfM
,(
H
6 B)
q
:Z
,BfI
AA
mA
Y
fl
ijVA
hZ
(
BC)
iBVA A
I NY
B ,(
fl

jrA
lVA
A lVA y BRA
(F)
ae KmB
G FA O AlVA

I
.hZA
A
(BC)
By (FA)

G lVA
g Q
:Z
,FA
BC)
B
G ,j B CfNJ AfNI
BZBu
fI B B
VA
B
(VA
fl
)
()_

.jA
,(
) are:
Required in the reply of (BC
1-Fa.
2-That the first sentence is a reason for the second sentence.
3-That the verb is elided, provided that the condition requires a verb, so that it can
be a notice that the intent in the sentence is the ruling of the noun occurring after
fk
BC Regarding Zaid, he is departing. Its estimation is:
it, as in:
6q B Whatever thing it may be, then Zaid is departing.

fl
Then the verb () was elided as well as the Genitive Particle (iBVA
) and the word it
) until what remains is:

governs (ijVA
fl BC . For whatever condition it is not
of the requital, the Fa
is transferred to the second part
appropriate to enter the Fa
and the first part is placed between (BC) and (FA

) being substituted for the elided
verb.
279
ZA AfA
Then, that requital is the Mubtada, if, as has passed, it is appropriate for the Mubtada.

as in:
Otherwise, its governing agent is that which is after the Fa,
VA BC
fl
Regard Friday, then Zaid is departing.

:ubA

,NVA

NmA
afM ,A
ifu
jY
M .(BC G)
QQ jrA
C N
C
.NNb

NA
N
iA
G
(G)
NnM
.yBA
A
Oae G ,BJNm
(G)

.B
Oae
()
,A
G ,yB
BNA
BRA
VA
BNA
fM
KJnI
.iBzA

C KV jrA
Bf
VA
KV
B
,ByB
jrA
nA AgG
jY

A m nA
A
KV
B BRA
AgG .BZ

VA kBU
nA
LAU
BIAU
BIAU C n
:BUA

.jr
B
BRA

(BC)
KV
:IAU
,V
jg
B
vN
.FA-1

A
.BR
JJm-2
hY-3
.jrA

:mC

I jrA
jY
By
.VA
ef-1

VA AC B-2
R ?jrA
.h
jY B afM NA
NnM
k
-3
RC
g I ?(G)
.f
280
ZA AfA

jY
.BRI
l AgB-4
g \y ?jrA

jY

fM
A
af hA
.jrA
,A
C
nA
AgG
jrA
I-5
LAU
g \y ? C jrA
.RD
A ae KV

AgG-6
?jr
g `jqG
C n
LAVA A m nA
.RC
-7
R
?(BC)
NnM

LAU
g \y ?(BC)
.RDI
AgB-8
KV

BR
.
eAjG
hZM AgB-9
g jgC ?(BC) jrA

?(BC) fI AlVA
Y B-10
:iBM

LAU
U
jrA
`jqA
U
LAU
A
Oae
AgB
,BNA
U
jrA
-C
jY
:BJNm

B jrA
BC I ,jrA
B BC yB

PDmC G-1
.JBD

PjBm
G-2
.jBmC

G BM-3
.Nj
NU

N A OU G-4
.fA

A

238.{BMfn
G E B
B }-5

BNU
By
Li OC zA
lA
BMfU
B-6
Z

.Be
AiAjYC A e G-7
281
ZA AfA
.BR
A
F BJ ,f
U
(BC) NmG-L

TQ
JJm
AlVA

:MD
B LjC-X
G}-1
239.{
j
AN

240.{BBY
BV Fr }-2
}-3
B Am
241.{
AIBVNmA

hA
AE
C
242.{Ii
ZA
BD}-4

k I
IBrM
B JN
243.{
BD}-5
hA
282
ZA AfA
pifA
nbA
IAjA

THE FIFTY-FOURTH LESSON

jY
BnA
SDNA
FM ejA
Particle of Limitation and The Sakin

Feminine Ta
ei
:BM
jY
,I M B
NA jUl
C ,{ ,BC
y ,() ejA
Ii}

Ah ,h
.jJbA
o H AhI NM

()
:C
Ah C
.
:N (Afk LjyG)
AgG
B
f
fI 6V

,BzC jA

,{M m } :BM

BJ
BmA M hY
,BY
B
I PFU f

B
BzC BjY
ZN
.ejA
jY
I
(G)
M
NA
()_ IBr
.VA
The Particle of Restriction () is coined for censure of the speaker and his determent
"My Lord
regarding that which he had spoken, like His, the Exalted's saying: { ,BC
Ii}
has disgraced me, Nay!" 244 In other words: Do not speak of this because it is not as
such. This is in the Khabar.
Strike Zaid. Then,

Sometimes, it comes after a command also, as when it is said: Afk LjyG

you say: (), meaning: I will not do this ever. It comes in the meaning of truth, as in His,
m
the Exalted's saying: {M
} "Nay, you shall soon know."
245
At that time, it is a
indeclinable noun due to its resemblance to () which is the Particle of Limitation. It is

) due to its being used for the realization
said that it is a particle also in the meaning of (G
of the meaning of the sentence.
283
ZA AfA

:BnA
SDNA
FM

Oj
Z
LU
yA
(f
OC)
:Z
,A
G
fmC
B
SDM
f
yBA
jY

.BBZG

:Z
f)
,jnBI
AgG
jY
AgG BnA
B
,jnBI
OB
jY
BjZM
KU BfI Bm

.(vA

B ei KUM
BNjY ,(CjA PBi)

,Oi : B ,Bm U hY
BNjY
(BMBi BMCjA)
.y
,BnA
BNA
f yiB

AflA
SA U jhA
BZG BC
AB
BB)
:B
,z
U RNA

I ,jhA
jBy
M
BZA
jfNI
.FnA flA
J iByA
.SDNA
FN
BA
Ae PB
AYC
The Sakin
Feminine Ta
It is a particle attached to the past-tense verb in order
to indicate the feminine of that
which has been ascribed to the verb, as in: f OC Hind ate. You are familiar with the
circumstances requiring its attachment.
meets a Sakin
with Kasrah,
When the Ta
letter after it, it is required to vowel (the Ta)
f
because the Sakin

letter when it is vowelled, it is vowelled with Kasrah, as in: vA
OB
The prayer is ready.
Its vowelization does not require the return of that which was elided due to its being
) CjA
PBi
Sakin.
Therefore, it is not said in the verb (Oi
. It is because its vowel is
non-essential (used) for the purpose of repelling the meeting of two Sakin
letters. The
saying: BMBi BMCjA

, is weak.
Regarding the attachment of the sign of the dual, the masculine plural and feminine
AB
,AflA
,flA
plural, then it is (also) weak. Therefore, it is not said: FnA
BB. With
the estimation of attachment, then there are no pronouns so as not to require
concealment (of the pronoun) before mention (of the pronoun).246 Rather, they are signs
indicating the states of the subject, like the Feminine Ta.
284
ZA AfA

:ubA

f .DbA
(BY)
I MD
JNA
ei
A g f ,jUk
jY :()

BmA
.BJ

ZM FM :BnA
SDNA
FM
C f yBA
A
.S
B

ONA
U
hY
B ei KUM
.Bm
BNjY
,jnBI
OjY
BfI
Bm
AgG

:mC

R
jY
?ejA
.
B-1
.g \y BR PB
?ejA
jY Nn C-2

R ?(BY) I () NnM -3
.h

SDNA
FM B-4
.B R ?BnA
.Bm
SDNA
FN
B AgG BnA
~j
AgB-5

R ?hY
FM
B ei KUM
.h
G -6
jY
SDNA
:iBM

()
:BNA
B
VA
I-C

jNm
.BA
-1

. ?KA
G OJg -2

G-3
. ,LgB
Afm
285
ZA AfA

B C
-4
.M
247.{fm
G B}-5
Ii

248.{jNnA
Ii G ,ik }-6
h
I }-7
249.{fBI
IhM

SDNA
:rA
Jy
BnA
FNI
BNA
BA SC-L

C ,oU ,FU ,B , ,D

OjY
I ,BnA
MD
:VA
B
jZN
OB
AgG
AgB
SDNA
FM XjbNmG-X
.BJUA
EeDI
OB-1
OJA

bM
A OnU-2
.BIQ

PeC-3
B Kk
.B

.OJA
A
OUja-4

A O-5
.A

:MD
B LjC-e

250.{
BnA
G }-1

251.{Vm
LBN G }-2
iBVA

252.{
C
OjM B BZBu
}-3
LAjA
OB}-4
253.{BE
254.{jC
NC
BC
B OB}-5
286
ZA AfA
nbA
oBbA
pifA

THE FIFTY-FIFTH LESSON
BnC
NA
Tanween And Its Divisions
:NA
:BnC
IiC
,A
ZM
,A
jaE
jY JNM Bm
following the vowel at the end of a word. It is not attached to

Tanween is a vowelless Nun
a verb. It is of four divisions:

mA
N

B ,NA
IB
,jv
C
I
LAjA
C
f
M
:A
,IAjA
:Z
PBjZ
.(fk)

M
in the meaning
First: (NA
) it is that which signifies that the noun is capable of I'rab,
Zaid.
as in: fk
that is is fully-declinable and accepting the vowels of I'rab,

B ,jNA
:BRA
.B BMm OmC :C (u)

:Z ,j mA
C f
, in other
Second: (jNA
) it is that which signifies that the noun is indefinite, as in: u
words: Be silent with a silence of whatever type. 255

:Z
B gG Y C (h
By
,G
hY)
B ,~A
:SBRA
BzA
gG ,Ah
gG Bm
C (hNBm)
,Ah B
.Ah B
) it is that which is a replacement for the Mudaf

A time when;
Third: (~A
Ilaihi, as in: hY

A day when. In other words: Ah B
h
gG Y A time when it was as such; Ah B
gG A

day when it was as such; hNBm

An hour when, in other words: Ah B gG Bm An hour when
it was as such.
287
ZA AfA

IB

NA
SA U Z hA
U
:Z ,BnA
,IBA :IAjA
(PBn)

IiA
BnA
.(n)
h
wNbM
jhA
.(mA)_I
) it is the Tanween which is attached to the Feminine Sound Plural, as in:

Fourth: (IBA
Muslim women, due to its compensation for the Nun
of the Masculine Plural in:
PBn
n
Muslim men. These four types are particular to the noun.
oBa
hA

BvC
PBIA
jaFI
,jNA
M
(mA)_I
wNb
n
B
iBvA
:jBrA

gB
BIBuC f
OJuC G
BIBNA
A C
M
BBn C BNIC B
BBC C f NI
Here, there is a fifth division which is not particular to the noun. It is Tanween
ar-Tarannum (jNA
M
). It is that which is attached to the end of verses of poetry and
unequal (rythyms), as in the saying of the poet:

BIBuC f
OJuC G
gB
BIBNA
A C

BNIC B

M
BBC C f NI
And like his saying:

256BBn
C

FU)
I fk
,
BBz (IA)_I
:Z
Bu B AgG
G

A
hZ f
NA
.(j

At times, Tanween is elided from proper names when they are modified by (IA ) annexed
to the name, as in: j

Zaid Ibn 'Amr came to me.
I fk FU
288
ZA AfA

:ubA

:NA
:BnC
na ,mA
jaE ZM Bm

.NA
M-1
.jNA
M-2

.~A
M-3
M-4
.IBA

B
M
mA
PAijzA
.jrA
Z
,jNA
M
n
oBa
A

:mC

R
.
?NA
B-1

.A
hZ N-2
NA

R
j-3
,NA
.

M
B-4
.BR PB
?jNA

M

R ?~A
.h
B-5
M

R
,IBA
M
.
j-6

j-7
M
.jNA
289
ZA AfA
:iBM

I ,A
B NA
:VA
FmA XjbNmG-C

AgB OJA
G
M
Ou AgG-1
.hY

.aC fk Ah-2
-3
PBn
.PB

J}-4
257.{jaC
f BI h
BnA

gB
.BIBNA
A C-5
G
.-6
.eB

FU-7
.nA
fm
:B NA
U
FmA aeC-L
BNA
I Q B f

, ,
,u ,fBa

:MD
B LjC-X
B
M }-1
258.{
j
fJ
FU-2
Jm
Jm
.jaE

259.{A
h
FnA OrA }-3
FU
260.{ZNB
PAjUB
PBA
AgG}-4
-5
.BIBuC f
OJuC G
290
ZA AfA
nbA
peBnA
pifA

THE FIFTY-SIXTH LESSON

fDNA

of Emphasis
The Nun
.yBA
Oy :fDNA
(f)

fDN
AkDI
jA
fDN
K B AgG iBzA

:Ijy
fDNA
:a-1
.Bm

.efr
:Q-2
of Emphasis is a Nun
coined for the emphasis of a command or present-tense
The Nun
verb when there is (the meaning of) of seeking as opposed to (f) for the emphasis of the
of Emphasis is of two types:
past-tense. The Nun
is Sakin.
1-(a
) Lightened. The Nun
is Mushaddad or doubled.
2-(Q
) Heavy. The Nun

,in

:Z
G ,(JNC
,JNC ,JNC) :Z ,C BJ G YN RA

BNmA
NA
A jA
eU
~jA
afM C kV .(BJNC ,BJNC)

C ,JNM
O ,JNM
,JNM
,JNC)
:Z
,B
.(JNM
KA

BI A
fN BIU nA A
afM f
fDM

nA jaE b ,N

A ) :Z , C b B ,fDNA
.(Ah
291
ZA AfA
is vowelled with Fathah,
The Heavy Nun

if Alif does not occur before (the Nun),
as in:
,JNC
JNC
,JNC
. Otherwise, (if Alif does precede the Nun),
it is vowelled with Kasrah, as
,BJNC
. It is permissible to enter both (lightened and heavy) upon the command
in: BJNC
verb, verb of prohibition, interrogation, verbs of hope and exhibition due to the meaning of
seeking found in each of them, as in:
) -Write (command verb)

(JNC

) -Don't write (Prohibition)

(JNM

) -Have you written? (Interrogation)

(JNM

O ) -I hope you have written (Hope)

(JNM

C) -Have you not written? (Exhibition)

(JNM
is entered upon oaths as a requirement in order to emphasize the
At times, the Nun
nature of the action as being sought by the speaker. Therefore, the end of the oath is not
left without the meaning of emphasis, just as its beginning is not devoid (of emphasis with

Lam),
as in: Ah
A By God, I will not do as such.

BJ B jY
B
:MD
M C KV

.hZA
VA
(A)
fN
(JNC)
:Z
,jhA
VA
BJ
B y-1
BJ B jn-2
.hZA
FA
SA fYAA
fN (JNC)
:Z ,JBbA
B \NA-3
.BAf
is as follows:
It is required that the vowel before the Nun
, in
in the masculine plural, as in: JNC
1-Dammah
is that which is before the Nun
of the plural which is elided.

order to signify the Waw
in the second-person feminine singular,
2-Kasrah is that which is before the Nun
as in: JNC
, in order to signify the Ya which is elided.
3-Fathah
and Kasrah.
in all (forms besides those having) Dammah
292
ZA AfA
BC .JBbBI oJN jn ,jhA

\NA BC
,ejA
,zA
VBI oJN
,(BJNC
,BJNC)
:Z
A
,C
VA
Pfk
BJ
B
SA VA RA
:PB
TQ
fDNA

.RA
BNUA
Aj
fDNA
J SA
,jzA
Regarding the Fathah

in the singular, then it is because if it were vowelled with Dammah,
it could be confused with the masculine plural. If it were vowelled with Kasrah, it could be
confused with the second-person feminine singular. Regarding the dual and feminine

, BJNC
is Alif, as in: BJNC
plural, it is because that which is before the Nun
. The Alif is
of Emphasis due to the dislike of combining
added in the feminine plural before the Nun
the Nun
of the pronoun (of the subject) and the Heavy Nun
of
three (letters of) Nun:
Emphasis.

jY
uC
SA
VA
RNA
afM
(bA)
fDNA

G ,Bm
j
BNA
a
M uA J
BIC
(fY
Bm
l
) BnA

.nY
j
of Emphasis is never entered upon the dual nor the feminine plural
The Lightened Nun
does not remain on its origin, the lightened form cannot
because if the vowel of the Nun
become Sakin.
If it remains Sakin,
then it is requires the meeting of two Sakin
letters
(without its limits) and it is not good.

:ubA

:fDNA

AgG iBzA
fDNA
.jA
,jA
fDN
BI
M
:n

a-1
.Bm

.efr
Q-2

BNmA
NA
kV
.~jA
Bae
A jA
293
ZA AfA

fDNA
f nA U
afM

BJ B jY M C KV
.A
K fDM

:MD

.jhA
U
zA-1

RA
.JBbA
jnA-2
B \NA-3
.BAf

.uC SA
VA
RNA
bA
fDNA
afM

:mC

j-1
.B R
,fDNA

DI-2

.BRI
ZM BA
g \y ?fDNA

?B
B ?fDNA
AC B-3

nA ZM AgB-4
.BIU
fDNA

B-5
R ?jhA
.h
VA
fDNA
J B jY
B-6
fDNA

?AgB ?JBbA
SA fYAA
J B jY

fDNA

I OZC
hA
SA VA A
eAlM AgB-7
?RA

fDNA
afM -8
?AgB ?SA
VA RA bA
294
ZA AfA
:iBM

MD
:VA
B
BJ
B
jY
KJm I ,fA BA XjbNmG-C
-1
A
.JhN
JNC-2

.pifA

M
.yA
mieC-3

BM-4
.AhI Yj
B BJNC-5

.C

U
fDNA
I
BA fC-L
RA
J B KJnA I ,f
BNA
:fDNA

,JhM ,mifM
,BJNC
.AI ,G

:MD
B LjC-X

BM
256.{BuC
f
}-1

257.{Bu
AfYC jrJA
jM
BH}-2
Yj Pih G

258.{BI
hNmB
l BrA
l BG }-3

hA
259.{AE
A
}-4
295
ZA AfA
FOOTNOTES
1. An Idafah
is a type 'Arabic phrase construction comprised of two parts, the first-term is known as the Mudaf

BzA).
) and the second-term is known as the Mudaf
(BzA
Ilaihi (G
Generally, these phrases signify
possession although other meanings are also associated with it.

2. Surah
Tauheed,
112:1-2.
24:35.
3. Surah
Nur,
4. Surah
al-Hajj
22:38.
5. Surah
al-Muminun,
23:1-2.
35:1.
6. Surah
al-Fatir,
29:45.
7. Surah
al-'Ankabut,
).
8. The sisters of (jr
(eA
) are the numbers thirty through ninety (by tens). They are called 'Uqud
9. Meaning that the word itself is feminine in meaning and also possesses an indicator of femininity. The first word
) is feminine in meaning as pregnancy can only be attributed to a female while it also possesses the
(JY
) is feminine in meaning when attributed to a woman with a
Alif-Maqsurah,
a feminine indicator. Likewise, (EjY
rose-colored face while it also possesses the Alif-Mamdudah,

another feminine indicator.
10. Ultimate Plurals (VA
) are plurals formed both broken and sound plurals. Although their patterns are
N
not formed according to rules, many are characterized by the Alif of the plural, as seen in the following patterns:
,A
,B
,B
) which is generally followed by one or two vowelled letters. While in other patterns,
the Alif added in the beginning, as in: (BC

,BC
).
(A

,
Bu
, meaning a sharpener for swords. The word kAj is the plural of Akj
is the plural of u
). The origin were Bu and kAj, respectively.
meaning chess (WjrA
11. The word
296
ZA AfA
Ba'l, the name of an idol of the people of the Prophet Ilyas
12. The name Ba'labakk is comprised of two words: I
(AS) as mentioned in Surah

as-Saffat
37:125. The second word is I Bakk, is the care-taker of the idol.
13. The author uses the Ha

(FA) and Ta
(FNA) in the same meaning, referring to the Feminine Ta,
as in:

mif
.
.
When reading the word without construction or when pausing, it would be read as: mif
14. Ya'malah is a well-bred female camel used for work.
Kg . The subject is concealed

fm
. In this sentence,
fm
) when the place of the verbal subject in unoccupied following the verb, as in: Kg
(jz
) should not be taken as the verb's subject (BA
the first word (fm
). It is the Mubtada or the nominal subject
) is a sentence occupying the place of the Khabar.

and the verb (Kg) along with its concealed subject (
) follows the verb in the sentence, as in:

15. The apparent verbal subject (j

A
)

16. Meaning two nouns both of which possess the Alif-Maqsurah
(ijvA
at its end.

Their agreements were broken,
17. Meaning that the removed subject is key to forming the verb, as in: e

FnA
whose original could be: e
The women broke their agreements. The former is the passive-voice
form of the verb and the latter is the active-voice form of the verb.
18. Surah
al-Baqarah, 2:183.
19. Surah
al-Nasr,
110:1.
7:204.
20. Surah
al-A'raf,
21. Surah
al-Baqarah, 2:221.
22. The reasons in the other examples for advancing an indefinite noun first are: 1)
purpose of specifying (wvbNA

) the indefinite word; 2)
sentence; 3) BA

Aja fYC B

CjA
UiC for the
C iAfA
due to negation occurring in the
because the indefinite word has an estimated adjective which modifies it (

`j ); 4)
`j

Ui
iAfA
, because the Khabar is a quasi-sentence composed of a genitive particle or adverb and the word
which it governs, the indefinite word is required to be advanced; 5)

m as it is allowed for an indefinite
noun to be advanced in supplications or Du'a.

'Imran,
23. Surah
Ali
3:19.
297
ZA AfA

24 Nahj al-Balaghah,
sermon 27.
25. Surah
Fusalat,
41:46.
26. Surah
an-Nisa
4:164.
27. Surah
al-Fajr 89:20.

jqC
28. In other words, Ajq
and

Bm A Bm.
29. Surah
an-Nahl
16:30.
30. Surah
an-Nisa
4:171.
31. Surah
al-Muzammil 73:4.
32. Surah
al-Fajr: 89:20.
33. Surah
Yusuf
19:29.
) are the Vocative Particles and the (B) at their end is the Particle of Notice
34. Technically, the words (C) and (C

jY
) whose purpose is to arouse the listener for that which follows.
(JNA
35. Surah
as-Saffat
37:102.
36. Surah
al-Fajr 89:27-28.
21:69.
37. Surah
al-Anbiya
at-Ta'leel (NA
38. This () is known as Lam
). It gives a verb the accusative state and signifies the reason that

NIjy

an action mentioned before occurred, as in:Ie
I struck in order to discipline him.
39. Apposition is the government of one word over another by means of a Particle of Apposition (A
as: (

jY
), such

,), for example: Aj
Afk OCi I saw Zaid and 'Amr, wherein Zaid is the verbal object (I A
) and 'Amr
is the Maf'ul
Ma'ahu (

A
). In other words, these are not two verbal objects (I
) in one sentence. It is
A
understood that Zaid and 'Amr were seen together. If they were not seen together, it would more proper to say:

Aj
Afk OCi I saw Zaid, then 'Amr, wherein the Particle of Apposition () signifies a sequence of events.
40. Surah
al-Muzammil 73:20.
41. Surah
al-Maidah
5:55.
298
ZA AfA
42. Here, the genitive word is the second-term of an Idafah

wherein there is the estimation of the genitive particle
(), in other words:
MBa
ffY
A ring of iron. In this case, the second-term of the Idafah

defines the genus
(oU) of the first-term.
43. Meaning that the accusative state is based on the rules of the Mustathna. The nominative state, however, is
based on the Mustathna Minhu being subordinate to the Mustathna in apposition. In the relationship of

G fYC
FU B. Therefore, the
), the Mustathna Minhu is also nominative following its principle (fYC
), the Mustathna. This is
subordinate (fm
) in the text. Regarding the term (fJA
), it is one of the types of subordinate
the significance of the term (BJMA
apposition, the subordinate follows its principle in its grammatical state, as in: fm
apposition (IANA
). It means that the subordinate is equivalent to its principle, at least in part since Sa'eed is a
part of those described as no one, meaning people. Refer to lesson 24.

G fYDI
Pij
44. Estimated is the vacated Mustathna Minhu, as in: fnI

B ;Afm
G fYC FU
B.
G AfYC OCi B ;fm
21:22.
45. Surah
al-Anbiya
46. Surah
al-Hadeed
57:27.
47. Surah
al-A'raf
7:169.
26:88-89.
48. Surah
ash-Shu'ara
30:47.
49. Surah
ar-Rum
50. The five perspectives are:
1) Fathah
for both based on the negation of the collective noun with (). As singular nouns, the endings of both
are fixed with Fathah,

as in:

BI
Y .
G
), an accusative word is
2) Nominative for both based on negation resembling (o ), however, its Khabar (AeU

elided, as in: BI G AeU
AeU Y There is no strength existing or power existing except with Allah.
3) Fathah
for the first based on negating a collective (Y ), as in (1). The accusative for the second is due to
making apposition to the collective noun by means of the particle (). Since the collective noun (Y) stands in
) also becomes accusative by means of this apposition.

the place of an accusative word, the word (
4) Fathah
for the first based on negating the collective noun, as in (3). The nominative for the second is due to
negation similar to (o ), as in (2).
299
ZA AfA
5) The nominative for the first is based on negation similar to (o ) and the Fathah
for the second is based on
the negating of the collective noun. This is the opposite of (4).

51. Surah
Yusuf
12:31.
42:17.
52. Surah
ash-Shura
29:45.
53. Surah
al-'Ankabut
54. In reality, the grammatical states are indicated by letters in this class of words as opposed to the common signs
like vowels. The letter Waw
indicates the nominative state (B
of I'rab,
accusative state (B

g , ,
,Y ,aC ,IC); Alif indicates the

Ag ,B ,B ,BY ,BaC ,BIC) and Ya indicates the genitive state ( B
,Y
,aC ,IC ).
g ,,
55. Surah
al-Baqarah 2:124.
56. Surah
an-Nisa
4:75.
1:1.
57. Surah
al-Fatihah
58. Surah
al-Haqqah
69:13.
59. Surah
al-Qasas
28:21.
60. Surah
an-Naml 27:26.
61. Understanding that the sentence was originally:
) is estimated, the sentence becomes: jVZA

(jNmG

. However, since the verb
iAfA
j
fk
jVZA
jNmG
jNmG
iAfA
j
fk. As a rule, when a genitive particle is found in
the Khabar, it is required to place the Khabar ahead of the Mubtada, as in:
. The particle
jVZA
j
fk iAfA
() between these sentences allows apposition of differing types: First, apposition is made upon the word (iAfA
)
by the word (jVZA
) which follows it in its genitive state thus eliminating the need to repeat the genitive particle
) follows the word (fk ) in apposition as well. The governing agent in (fk ) is (AfNIA
), meaning
(). The word (j
)
that as the Mubtada it is nominative because it initiates the expression in its original formulation. Likewise, (j
is nominative as well due to apposition with the same particle (). This was the view of the Kufan
grammarian
al-Farrai. However, the Basri
grammarian Seebawaih rejected this construction.
300
ZA AfA

62. Surah
al-Baqarah 2:35.
63. Surah
az-Zukhruf 43:70.
64. Surah
al-Hijr
15:30.
26:170.
65. Surah
ash-Shu'ara
66. Surah
al-Baqarah 2:31.
67. Surah
al-'Alaq 96:15-16.
42:52-53.
68. Surah
ash-Shura
1:6-7.
69. Surah
al-Fatihah
70. In reality, without any form of sentence construction or syntax, these words have no reason to have declension
since declension is an indicator of the government of words within an expression. On the other hand, since
these words are capable of declension inherently, whenever they are found in a sentence, the will become
declinable.
71. Surah
al-Maidah
5:8.
)
72. Meaning that a pronoun is concealed in the forms of the Active Participle (B
), the Passive Participle (
and other patterns not mentioned.
1:5.
73. Surah
al-Fatihah
74. Surah
at-Tauheed
112:1.
75. Surah
al-Maidah
5:117.
1:5.
76. Surah
al-Fatihah
77. Surah
az-Zumar 39:7.
78. Surah
an-Naml 27:42.
79. Surah
at-Tauheed
112:1.
80. Surah
Maryam 19:69.
81. Surah
ar-Ra'd 13:3.
301
ZA AfA

82. Surah
an-Naml 27:40.
'Imran
3:44.
83. Surah
Ali
84. Surah
al-Baqarah 2:2.
24:30.
85. Surah
an-Nur
86. Fussilat
41:44.
87. Surah
al-Kafirun
109:2.
23:1-2.
88. Surah
al-Muminun
89. Surah
Yusuf
12:32.
90. Surah
al-Muminun
23:83.
91. Surah
al-Baqarah 2:245.
92. Surah
al-Haqqah
69:19.
93. Surah
al-Muminun
23:36.
17:23.
94. Surah
al-Isra
95. Surah
al-Maidah
5:105.
96. Surah
al-Baqarah 2:249.
44:25.
97. Surah
ad-Dukhan
30:4.
98. Surah
ar-Rum
99. The meaning of Ghayat

(PBBA) literally means objective or intent. Here it refers to the Mudaf
Ilaihi which is
elided intentionally, as in the verse. In this case, the adverbs are indeclinable based on Dammah
at its end. If
there is no elided Mudaf

Ilaihi intended, these adverbs are fully-declinable, as in the second example following in
J OU I came before and after.

the text, also: AfI
100. Surah
al-A'raf
7:182.
101. Surah
an-Nasr
110:1.
302
ZA AfA

7:27.
102. Surah
al-A'raf
103. Surah
al-Jumu'ah 62:11.
104. Surah
al-An'am
6:124.
105. Surah
at-Taubah 9:40.
'Imran
3:164.
106. Surah
Ali
107. Surah
azh-Zhariyat
51:12.
108. Surah
al-Maidah
5:119, based on one of its recitations.
109. Surah
an-Nasr
110:1.
'Imran
110. Surah
Ali
3:37.
7:187.
111. Surah
al-A'raf
'Imran
3:44.
112. Surah
Ali
113. Surah
Ibrahim
14:40.
17:9.
114. Surah
al-Isra
24:2.
115. Surah
an-Nur
116. Surah
Yusuf
12:4.
117. Surah
al-Maidah
5:38.
118. Surah
al-Baqarah 2:233.
119. Surah
ar-Rahman
55:50.
120. Surah
al-Baqarah 2:228.
49:14.
121. Surah
al-Hujarat
122. Surah
al-Fath 48:29.
303
ZA AfA
123. The term Verbal Noun is used here for brevity while the proper name of this noun is: BA

mHI JrA vA An
Adjective Resembling The Active Participle. Like the Active Participle, this adjective retains a verbal quality
resultant from its direct derivation from a verb. However, unlike the Active Participle, the qualities signified by this
adjective are considered permanent or intrinsic.
124. Surah
al-Ahzab
33:6.
7:151.
125. Surah
al-A'raf
126 Surah
al-Baqarah 2:191.
127. Surah
al-Isra
17:9.
8:33.
128. Surah
al-Anfal
is also known as:
129. This Waw

A
AA.
130. Surah
al-Muzammil 73:20.
131. Meaning that the particle () is negation of the past , as in:

Aj
fk Ljz
Zaid did not hit 'Amr. However,
) is used, the negation is continuous up to the present, as in:

when (B

Aj
fk Ljz
B
Zaid has not (yet) hit
'Amr, meaning that there remains the expectation that this action could happen although it has not happened
until the time of speaking. This is the continuity referred to in the text.
132. Surah
al-Baqarah 2:212.
35:43.
133. Surah
al-Fatir
134. Surah
an-Nahl
16:90.
'Imran
3:97.
135. Surah
Ali
136. Surah
Yusuf
12:77.
'Imran
137. Surah
Ali
3:85.
6:160.
138. Surah
al-An'am
'Imran
3:31.
139. Surah
Ali
304
ZA AfA

140. Surah
al-Mumtahannah 60:10.
30:36.
141. Surah
ar-Rum
142. Surah
al-Maidah
5:95.
143. Surah
al-Jinn 72:2.
144. Surah
Yunus
10:72.
145. Surah
at-Taubah 9:6.
6:17.
146. Surah
al-An'am
'Imran
3:31.
147. Surah
Ali
148. Surah
Ibrahim
14:34.
4:86.
149. Surah
an-Nisa
150. Hamzah al-Wasl

is that Hamzah symbolized with the following sign (A) and is found in the beginning of verbs
whose vowel may be elided to facilitate connection between two words as in:
G . In nouns, the Hamzah

PjNmA
al-Wasl
itself may be elided all together when part of the Definite article, as in:
fZ
. As in verbs, the vowel is

G.
elided on the Hamzah in order to facilitate connection between words, as in: CjA
A
151. The passive-voice verb is derived from the active-voice transitive verb (fNA
A
). The verb's subject
is elided and the verb's object occupies the place of the subject assuming the subject's nominative state as well,

fk Ljy
as in: Aj
Zaid struck 'Amr (active-voice) >>
'Amr was struck (passive-voice).

Ljy
j

or Ya,
A) is the verb whose middle consonant is originally a weak letter, either Waw

as in: B (
); BI (I ).
152. The Ajwaf verb (UA
153. Surah
al-Bayyinah 98:5.
154. Surah
al-Qiyamah
75:13.
155. Surah
al-An'am
6:78.
156. Surah
an-Naml 27:44.
4:17.
157. Surah
an-Nisa
305
ZA AfA

30:17.
158. Surah
ar-Rum
159. Surah
an-Nahl
16:58.
160. Surah
al-A'raf
7:22.
161. Surah
al-Baqarah 2:216.
162. Surah
al-Baqarah 2:271.
163. Surah
Sad
38:30.
164. Surah
al-Kahf 18:29.
165. ibid, 18:31.
'Imran
166. Surah
Ali
3:173.
167. Surah
al-Hajj
22:30.
168. Surah
al-Maidah
5:6.
169. Surah
Ta
Ha 20:71.
170. Surah
an-Nahl
16:66.
171. Surah
ar-Ra'd 13:17.
172. Surah
al-Fath 48:28.
173.Surah
an-Naml 27:72.
174.Surah
al-Ahqaf
46:11.
175. Surah
an-Nisa
4:6.
1:1.
176. Surah
al-Fatihah
177. Surah
al-Mumin 40:16
178. Surah
al-Isra
17:1.
306
ZA AfA
179. Surah
Yusuf
12:85.
43:11.
180. Surah
ash-Shura
181. Surah
ash-Shams 91:1.
182. Surah
at-Teen 95:1.
183. Surah
ad-Duha
93:1-2.
184. Surah
al-Muminun
23:22.
185. Surah
al-Baqarah 2:71.
) and the words it governs in the nominative

186. Meaning that the subject could be a Masdar
interpreted from (G
state, as in:

I I
fk
B
It is reaching me (that) Zaid is a scholar. Or, likewise, the object could be a Masdar
) and the words its governs.

interpreted from (G
) of the noun of (G ), it is accusative. However, if you consider the

187. Meaning that if you consider the place (Z
word, it is originally nominative as the Mubtada.
188. Surah
Maryam 19:30.
'Imran
3:19.
189. Surah
Ali
190. Surah
al-Anfal
8:24.
191. Surah
al-Ahzab
33:63.
11:111, according to one of its recitations.

192. Surah
Hud
193. Surah
Ya Seen 36:32.
194. Surah
Yusuf
12:3.
26:186.
195. Surah
ash-Shu'ara
196. Surah
al-Muzzamil 73:20.
197. Surah
Yusuf
12:3.
198. Surah
Ya Seen 36:26.
307
ZA AfA

4:73.
199. Surah
an-Nisa
200. Surah
'Abasa 80:3.
201. Surah
al-Munafiqun
63:4.
202. Surah
al-Maidah
5:95.
76:3.
203. Surah
al-Insan
204. Surah
an-Naml 27:64.
205. Surah
al-Baqarah 2:184.
206. It is more appropriate to use the particle (C ) in this question, as in: AfV

C Afm
OCiC Did you see Sa'eed or
Majeed?, as the questioner would likely ask this question when not knowing which person was seen. The
particle (C), however, is used to distinguish between two matters, one of which the questioner knows is
iC I didn't see either one of the two. This reply,
established. However, the reply to this question could be: BfYC

then, does not distinguish one of two matters.
207. Surah
al-Baqarah 2:57.
25:44.
208. Surah
al-Furqan
209. Surah
an-Nazi'at
79:27.
23:70.
210. Surah
al-Muminun
211. Surah
al-Mujadalah
58:22.
212. Surah
al-A'raf
7:172.
213. Surah
az-Zumar 39:36.
214. Surah
al-Mulk 67:8-9.
215. Surah
Yunus
10:53.
216. Surah
Yusuf
12:96.
'Imran
3:159.
217. Surah
Ali
218. Surah
al-A'raf
7:12.
308
ZA AfA
219. Surah
al-Qiyamah
75:1-2.
220. Surah
at-Taubah 9:25.
221. Surah
al-Qiyamah
75:1.
222. Surah
al-Maidah
5:117.
223. Ibid, 5:96.
224. Surah
at-Taubah 9:128.
225. Surah
al-Maidah
5:117.
226. Surah
Yusuf
12:82.
227. Surah
as-Saffat
37:104.
24:22.
228. Surah
an-Nur
63:10.
229. Surah
al-Munafiqun
230. Surah
al-Muminun
23:27.
231. Surah
al-Ahzab
33:18.
232. For the following reason, Hamzah is either preferred over () or () is not allowed:

fkC
) Hamzah is preferred to accompany a noun ; (?aC
Afk LjzMC
) Hamzah is used in the meaning of

C f
jUC
C
C) Hamzah is used
B
); Hamzah is used with (vNA
rebuke and censure ; (?fY
C) ; (B
(?OCi
with the particle of apposition (FA).
233. Surah
ash-Shams 91:9.
7:44.
234. Surah
al-A'raf
235. Surah
ar-Rahman
55:60.
94:1.
236. Surah
al-Inshirah
21:22.
237. Surah
al-Anbiya
238. ibid.
309
ZA AfA

8:38.
239. Surah
al-Anfal
240. Surah
al-Waqi'ah
56:65.
241. Surah
Fatir
35:14.
242. Surah
al-Baqarah 2:26.
'Imran
3:7.
243. Surah
Ali
244. Surah
al-Fajr 89:16-17.
245. Surah
at-Takathur
102:4.
BB , wherein the pronoun concealed in the
246. Meaning that the pronoun precedes what it refers to, as in; AflA

verb (B) precedes that which it refers to (AflA

), due to this, it is considered a weak construction.
247. Surah
ash-Shu'ara
26:62.
248. Surah
al-Qiyamah
75:11-12.
249. Surah
al-Infitar
82:9.
250. Surah
al-'Alaq 96:6.
251. Surah
al-Mutafifeen
83:7.
23:100.
252. Surah
al-Muminun
253. Surah
al-Hujarat
49:14.
254. Surah
an-Naml 27:32.
255. What is intended here by the term Nakirah or indefinite are some indeclinable words, like the Verbal Noun
). That which has Tanween, in these type of words are indefinite while that
(u) and proper names ending in (
which is without Tanween is definite, as in the name Seebawaih in the following:

jaC JnI
I
JnI
Pij
passed by Seebawaih and another Seebawaih. The first instance is definite without Tanween and the second is
indefinite with Tanween.
310
ZA AfA
256. In these verses of poetry, the word (C

) is a command verb in the feminine singular form from the root (G).
) is to abandon or leave blame or reproach. The word (gB

Murakhkham
C
) is a Munada
) whose origin is (gB

eB
(aj
and
B), who is the one blaming. It's meaning is: Leave blaming me, O 'Azhil
The intent here in (A
rebuke. And say: if I do what's correct, then you are afflicted. The point is that the Tanween Tarannum is entered
upon both a noun (BIBNA

) and a verb (BIBuC). Likewise, in the second verse, Tanween is entered upon two verbs

BBC
).
(BBn
257. Surah
al-Qiyamah
75:13.
11:17.
258. Surah
Hud
259. Surah
al-Haqqah
69:16.
260. Surah
al-Mumtahannah
60:10.
21:57.
261. Surah
al-Anbiya
262. Surah
Maryam 19:26.
263. Surah
al-A'raf
7:200.
29:11.
264. Surah
al-'Ankabut
311
ZA AfA

Hidayah

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Hidayah

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

AfA

2008 Ali Abdur-Rasheed

the Kalimah and its Divisions ( BnC

2. Definition of the Noun & Verb (A

) _ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___14

Fully-Declinable & Partially-Declinable Nouns (jvA

3. Definition of the Particle & the Meaning of Speech (A

7. Remaining Causes Preventing Full-Declension (jvA

10. Nominative Nouns: (oV

13. Accusative Nouns: (

15. Accusative Nouns: (lNA

The Guidance In Grammar

21. Subordinate Nouns: (fDNA

22. Subordinate Nouns: (BJA

26. Indeclinable Nouns: (PBBA

vA) and the Superlative Noun (zNA

36. The Present-Tense Verb (iBzA

The Guidance In Grammar

__ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___192

The Particle (jZA

38. The Command Verb (jA

43. Completion of the Genitive Particles (jVA

48. Appositive Particles (2-A

49. Particles of Notice (JNA

54. Particle of Restriction (ejA

The Guidance In Grammar

the definition of Nahw

other places are familiar with al-Hidayah

The Guidance In Grammar

the word and (A) speech.

The Guidance In Grammar

) is an expression formulated for a singular meaning. It is limited to three

), and the Particle (jZA

a meaning in itself, it is a Particle. Or it signifies a meaning in itself and its meaning is

The Guidance In Grammar

Definition of the Noun and Verb A

) and to give information

man. (Also appropriate for the noun is:)

The Guidance In Grammar

Each of these are among the peculiarities of the noun.

) is that (information is attributed to) a noun governed as a

) is that attribution (to another word) is

He is helping (Imperfect Tense); jvC

m Soon he will help; jv

(You) help! (Imperative).

The Guidance In Grammar

4. It is proper to attach conspicuous pronouns to the verb indicating the subject, as

All of these are among the peculiarities of the verb.

The Guidance In Grammar

) is a word not signifying a meaning in itself, rather it signifies (a

). Their meaning is the beginning point and

is understood of a beginning point and end point, like Basrah

The signs of Particle are:

The Particle does not accept the

signs of the verb or the noun.

between two nouns. as in: iAfA

I wrote with the pen; or connection between two sentences, as

The Guidance In Grammar

remain silent, as in: fk B Zaid stood.

) and (KC) and they are verbs. Therefore, the

The Guidance In Grammar

The Guidance In Grammar

The Guidance In Grammar

) _ _ _ _ _ ___14

_ _ _ _ _ _ _192